Tektronix MSO56 Programmer's Manual
  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Tektronix Manuals
  4. Test Equipment
  5. MSO56
  6. Programmer's manual

Tektronix MSO56 Programmer's Manual

5 series mso
Hide thumbs Also See for MSO56:
1
2
3
4
Table Of Contents
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
Table of Contents

Advertisement

Quick Links

xx
5 Series MSO
MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP
ZZZ
Programmer Manual
*P077130502*
077-1305-02

Advertisement

Table of Contents
loading
Need help?

Need help?

Do you have a question about the MSO56 and is the answer not in the manual?

Questions and answers

Related Manuals for Tektronix MSO56

Summary of Contents for Tektronix MSO56

  • Page 1 5 Series MSO MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer Manual *P077130502* 077-1305-02...
  • Page 3 5 Series MSO MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer Manual www.tek.com 077-1305-02...
  • Page 4 Copyright © Tektronix. All rights reserved. Licensed software products are owned by Tektronix or its subsidiaries or suppliers, and are protected by national copyright laws and international treaty provisions. Tektronix products are covered by U.S. and foreign patents, issued and pending. Information in this publication supersedes that in all previously published material.

  • Page 5: Table Of Contents

    Math command group ..................2-37 Measurement command group ................2-39 Miscellaneous command group ................2-53 Plot command group ..................2-55 Power command group..................2-55 Save and Recall command group ................ 2-62 Save On command Group ................2-63 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 6 Appendix E: Search and Trigger Command Sequence Examples.......... Example 1: Single Threshold Edge Search .............. Example 2: Single Threshold Edge Trigger ............. Example 3: Dual Threshold Runt Search ..............Example 4: Single Threshold Logic Search on Three Waveforms........Glossary Index MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...

  • Page 7: Preface

    Appendices. These topics contain miscellaneous information, such as a list of reserved words, a table of the factory initialization (default) settings, and interface specifications that can be helpful when using commands to remotely control the instrument. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 8 Preface MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...

  • Page 9: Getting Started

    Familiarity with the User Manual for your oscilloscope is assumed. You can download the User Manual from the Tektronix website at www.tek.com. NOTE. Most examples in this document assume that both...

  • Page 10: Usb

    1. Select the Utility drop-down menu. 2. Select the I/O menu. 3. Touch USB Device Port to open the USB Device Port configuration menu. 4. If USB is disabled, tap USB Device Port to enable the USB Device port. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...

  • Page 11: Setting Up Remote Communications Software

    VISA lets you use your MS-Windows computer to acquire data from your oscilloscope for use in an analysis package that runs on your PC, such as Microsoft Excel, National Instruments LabVIEW, Tektronix OpenChoice Desktop software, or your own custom software. You can use a common communications connection, such as USB or Ethernet, to connect the computer to the oscilloscope.

  • Page 12: Using The Lxi Web Page And E*Scope

    OpenChoice Desktop. You will find the drivers and OpenChoice Desktop software on the appropriate CD that comes with your oscilloscope or at the Tektronix software finder Web page (www.tektronix.com\downloads). 2. Connect the oscilloscope to your computer with the appropriate USB or Ethernet cable.

  • Page 13: Using A Socket Server

    1. Connect the oscilloscope to your computer network with an appropriate Ethernet cable. 2. Select the Utility drop-down menu. 3. Select the I/O menu. 4. Tap Socket Server. 5. On the resulting Socket Server panel, tap the top entry to toggle the Socket Server On.. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 14 Do not use the computer’s backspace key during an MS Windows' Telnet session with the oscilloscope. Socket Server Terminal Protocol Mode Commands. Following are Tektronix Instrument Control Terminal Session Control commands: !t <timeout> : set the response timeout in milliseconds.

  • Page 15: Documentation

    Math1, Bus3, or Meas2) to the instrument and that instance does not yet exist, the instrument: creates a default instance with the name you specified adds all relevant commands and queries to the set of recognized commands responds to the command or query MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...

  • Page 16: Creating, Deleting, And Listing Dynamic Instances

    The LIST command returns a list of all dynamic instances currently in existence. For example, if you have added three measurements named Meas1, Meas2 and Meas3, :MEASUrement:LIST? returns MEAS1, MEAS2, MEAS3. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...

  • Page 17: Command Syntax

    Messages A command message is a command or query name followed by any information the oscilloscope needs to execute the command or query. Command messages may contain five element types, defined in the following table. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 18 Commands at a higher level in the tree may affect those at a lower level. The leading colon (:) always returns you to the base of the command tree. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...

  • Page 19: Clearing The Oscilloscope

    ASCII control characters 00 through 09 and 0B through 20 hexadecimal (0 through 9 and 11 through 32 decimal). The oscilloscope ignores commands consisting of any combination of white space characters and line feeds. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 20 For example, if the display graticule is set to Full and the display style is set to dotsonly, the concatenated query will return the following. DISplay:GRAticule?;STYle? If the header is on: DISPLAY:GRATICULE FULL;:DISPLAY:STYLE DOTSONLY MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...

  • Page 21: Constructed Mnemonics

    For example, there is a command, and there is also a CH1:POSition CH2:POSition command. In the command descriptions, this list of choices is abbreviated as CH<x>. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 22 A math waveform specifier; <x> is ≥1. Measurement Specifier Commands can specify which measurement to set or query as a mnemonic in the header. Mnemonics Table 2-9: Measurement Specifier Mnemonics Symbol Meaning MEAS<x> A measurement specifier; <x> is ≥1. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...

  • Page 23: Argument Types

    Enumeration Enter these arguments as unquoted text words. Like key words, enumeration arguments follow the same convention where the portion indicated in uppercase is required and that in lowercase is optional. For example: ACQuire:MODe SAMple MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 24 5. A carriage return or line feed embedded in a quoted string does not terminate the string. The return is treated as another character in the string. 6. The maximum length of a quoted string returned from a query is 1000 characters. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 25 A block of data bytes defined as: <Block> ::= {#<NZDig><Dig>[<Dig>...][<DChar>...]|#0[<DChar>...]<terminator>} <NZDig> specifies the number of <Dig> elements that follow. Taken together, the <NZDig> and <Dig> elements form a decimal integer that specifies how many <DChar> elements follow. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 26 Command Syntax 2-10 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...

  • Page 27: Command Groups

    Command groups The programmable interface conforms to Tektronix standard codes and formats except where noted. The interface also conforms to IEEE Std 488.2-1987 except where noted. Acquisition command group Acquisition commands set up the modes and functions that control how the instrument acquires signals and processes them into waveforms.

  • Page 28: Afg Command Group

    Sets (or queries) the period of the AFG waveform, in seconds. AFG:PULse:WIDth Sets (or queries) the AFG pulse width, in seconds. AFG:RAMP:SYMmetry Sets (or queries) the AFG ramp symmetry as a percentage. AFG:SQUare:DUty Sets (or queries) the AFG duty cycle, as a percentage. 2-12 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...

  • Page 29: Alias Command Group

    Alias names do not appear in response messages. The Alias commands are defined in Tektronix Standard Codes and Formats. Deviations between that standard and what is specified here will be considered errors unless specifically noted in the command description in this document.

  • Page 30: Bus Command Group

    Sets or queries the Audio bits of sync width for the specified bus. CLOCKBITSPERCHANNEL BUS:B<x>:AUDio:FRAME:SIZe Specifies the number of channels in each frame for the specified AUDIO bus. BUS:B<x>:AUDio:TYPe Specifies the audio format (type) for the specified AUDIO bus. 2-14 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 31 Sets or queries the FlexRay TxRx data source for the specified bus. BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:THRESHold Sets or queries the FlexRay data source threshold for the specified bus. BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:TXRXTHRESHold Sets or queries the FlexRay data source TxRx threshold for the specified bus. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-15...
  • Page 32 Sets all of the data source thresholds to the value of the allMRefs parameter for the parallel bus. BUS:B<x>:PARallel:BIT<n>SOUrce Sets or queries the specified bit source for specified parallel bus. BUS:B<x>:PARallel:BIT<n>SOUrce:THReshold Sets or queries the specified bit source threshold for the specified parallel bus. 2-16 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 33 Sets or queries the USB DATA Plus source threshold for the specified bus. BUS:B<x>:USB:LOWTHRESHold Sets or queries the USB DATA source Low threshold for the specified bus. BUS:B<x>:USB:SIGNALTYpe Sets or queries the USB signal type for the specified bus. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-17...
  • Page 34 Lists all currently defined bus tables. DISplay:WAVEView<x>:BUS:B<x>:STATE Sets or queries the state of the specified bus in the specified waveview. DISplay:WAVEView<x>:BUS:B<x>:VERTical: Sets or queries the vertical position of the specified bus in the specified POSition waveview. 2-18 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...

  • Page 35: Calibration Command Group

    CALibrate:INTERNal:STATus? Returns the status of the signal path calibration. CALibrate:PWRUpstatus? Returns the current status of the power-up calibration. Launches the touchscreen calibration. TOUCHSCReen:CALibrate TOUCHSCReen:STATe Sets or queries the enabled state of the touch screen. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-19...

  • Page 36: Cursor Command Group

    DISplay:MATHFFTView<x>:CURSor: Sets or queries the cursor type of the specified cursor in the specified view. FUNCtion DISplay:MATHFFTView<x>:CURSor:HBArs: Sets or returns the vertical cursor A position of the specified cursor in the specified APOSition view. 2-20 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 37 Sets or queries the vertical cursor A position of the specified cursor in the specified APOSition view. DISplay:PLOTView<x>:CURSor:HBArs: Sets or queries the cursor A vertical units of the specified cursor in the specified view. AUNIts? MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-21...
  • Page 38 DISplay:REFFFTView<x>:CURSor:FUNCtion Sets or queries the cursor type of the specified cursor in the specified view. DISplay:REFFFTView<x>:CURSor:HBArs: Sets or queries the vertical cursor A position of the specified cursor in the specified APOSition view. 2-22 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 39 Queries the value of the cursor A vertical position. WAVEform:AVPOSition? DISplay:REFFFTView<x>:CURSor: Queries the value of the cursor B horizontal position. WAVEform:BHPOSition? DISplay:REFFFTView<x>:CURSor: Sets or returns the waveform cursor B position in the specified plot view. WAVEform:BPOSition MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-23...
  • Page 40 Sets or queries the visible state of the cursor of the specified cursor in the specified CURSOR<x>:STATE waveview. DISplay:WAVEView<x>:CURSor: Sets or queries the horizontal cursor A position of the specified cursor in the CURSOR<x>:VBArs:APOSition specified waveview. 2-24 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 41 Sets or queries the horizontal cursor A position of the specified cursor in the CURSOR<x>:WAVEform:APOSition specified waveview. DISplay:WAVEView<x>:CURSor: Sets or queries the horizontal cursor B position of the specified cursor in the CURSOR<x>:WAVEform:BPOSition specified waveview. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-25...

  • Page 42: Digital Command Group

    Sets or queries the underline state of the label of the specified digital bit. REF<x>_D<x>:LABel:NAMe Sets or queries the label of the specified digital bit. REF<x>_D<x>:LABel:XPOS Sets or queries the x-position of the label of the specified digital bit. 2-26 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 43 Sets or queries the y-position of the label of the specified digital channel. DIGGRP<x>:D<x>:THReshold Sets or queries the threshold level in volts for specified digital channel. DIGGRP<x>:THReshold Sets the digital threshold of all bits on specified digital channel group. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-27...

  • Page 44: Display Control Command Group

    Sets or queries the display mode (on or off) of the specified time trend plot. DISplay:GLObal:REF<x>:STATE Sets or queries the display mode (on or off) of the specified reference. DISplay:INTENSITy? Returns the waveform and graticule saturation levels. DISplay:INTENSITy:BACKLight Sets or queries the waveform backlight intensity settings. 2-28 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 45 Sets or queries the vertical scale of the specified channel in volts per division within SCAle the specified waveview. DISplay:WAVEView<x>:CH<x>_DALL:STATE Sets or queries the display state of the specified digital channels in the specified waveview. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-29...
  • Page 46 Sets or queries the waveform layout style used by the display. DISPLAY:PLOTVIEW<x>:XAXIS:SCALE Sets or queries the horizontal scale setting for applicable plots, either Linear or Log. DISPLAY:PLOTVIEW<x>:YAXIS:SCALE Sets or queries the vertical scale setting for applicable plots, either Linear or Log. 2-30 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...

  • Page 47: Dvm Command Group

    Specifies the network gateway IP address. ETHERnet:IPADDress Specifies the IP address assigned to the oscilloscope. ETHERnet:LXI:LAN:RESET Resets the LXI local area network. ETHERnet:LXI:LAN:SERVICENAMe Specifies the mDNS service name used for the LXI interface. ETHERnet:LXI:LAN:STATus? Returns the LXI network status. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-31...
  • Page 48 Specifies the Ethernet network configuration setting. ETHERnet:PING Causes the oscilloscope to ping the gateway IP address. ETHERnet:PING:STATus? Returns the results from sending the ETHERnet:PING command to ping the gateway IP address. ETHERnet:SUBNETMask Specifies the network subnet mask value. 2-32 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...

  • Page 49: File System Command Group

    Returns the current user's home directory. FILESystem:HOMEDir? FILESystem:LDIR? Returns a list of directory contents. FILESystem:MKDir Makes a new directory. FILESystem:READFile Copies the named file to the interface. FILESystem:REName Assigns a new name to an existing file. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-33...
  • Page 50 Command groups Table 2-28: File system commands (cont.) Command Description FILESystem:RMDir Deletes the named directory. FILESystem:UNMOUNT:DRIve Unmount the USB drive. FILESystem:WRITEFile Copies the block data to a named file. 2-34 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...

  • Page 51: Horizontal Command Group

    Returns the time stamp of all frames. HORizontal:FASTframe:XZEro:ALL? Returns the sub-sample time between the trigger sample (designated by PT_OFF) and the occurrence of the actual trigger for the waveform specified by the DATa:SOUrce command for all frames. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-35...
  • Page 52 Sets or queries the flag which allows override of the horizontal analyze minimum MINimum:OVERRide sample rate. HORizontal:SAMPLERate:ANALYZemode: Sets or queries the minimum sample rate used by Analysis Automatic horizontal MINimum:VALue mode. HORizontal:SCAle Sets or queries the horizontal scale. 2-36 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...

  • Page 53: Math Command Group

    Deletes the specified math. MATH:LIST? Lists all currently defined math waveforms. MATH:MATH<x>:AVG:MODE Sets or queries the math average mode flag. MATH:MATH<x>:AVG:WEIGht Sets or queries the number of acquisitions at which the averaging algorithm will begin exponential averaging. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-37...
  • Page 54 Sets or queries the window function used to multiply the spectral analyzer input data for the specified math waveform. MATH:MATH<x>:TYPe Sets or queries the math type. MATH:MATH<x>:VUNIT Sets or queries the math custom vertical units. 2-38 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...

  • Page 55: Measurement Command Group

    MEASUrement:CH<x>:REFLevels:ABSolute: This command sets or queries the value used as the low reference level of the falling FALLLow edge when the source ref level method is set to absolute. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-39...
  • Page 56 BASE) used to calculate the mid reference level of the rising edge when the source ref level method is set to percent. MEASUrement:CH<x>:REFLevels:PERCent: This command specifies or queries the reference level percent type for the source. TYPE 2-40 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 57 Sets or queries the type of the edge for the measurement. MEASUrement:EYERENDER This command sets or queries the state of high-performance eye rendering for an eye diagram. MEASUrement:FILTers:BLANKingtime This command sets or queries the global filter blanking time. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-41...
  • Page 58 This command sets or queries the reference level type for the source. TYPE MEASUrement:MATH<x>:REFLevels:BASETop This command sets or queries the method used to calculate the TOP and BASE used to calculate reference levels for the source. 2-42 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 59 MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:CCRESUlts: This query-only command returns the maximum cycle-cycle value for the specified ALLAcqs:MAXimum? measurement for all acquisitions. MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:CCRESUlts: This query-only command returns the mean cycle-cycle value for the specified ALLAcqs:MEAN? measurement for all acquisitions. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-43...
  • Page 60 This command sets or queries the explicit clock mode used when explicit clock EXPLICITCLOCKMODe recovery is used for the measurement. MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:CLOCKRecovery: This command sets or queries the clock recovery settings global flag for the GLOBal measurement. 2-44 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 61 The command sets or queries the number of accumulation cycles for the measurement when the measurement type is nperiod. MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:EDGES: This command sets or queries the slew rate method for the measurement. SLEWRATEMethod MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:EDGES:TOLevel This command sets or queries the 'to level' edge for the measurement. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-45...
  • Page 62 MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:JITTERSummary: This command sets or queries whether DCD is included in the jitter summary for the measurement. MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:JITTERSummary: This command sets or queries whether DDJ is included in the jitter summary for the measurement. 2-46 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 63 This command sets or queries the population limit value for the measurement. VALue MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:REFLevels: This command sets or queries the value used as the high reference level of the falling ABSolute:FALLHigh edge when the measurement's ref level method is set to absolute. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-47...
  • Page 64 This command sets or queries the percentage (where 100% is equal to TOP and 0% PERCent:RISEMid is equal to BASE) used to calculate the mid reference level of the rising edge when the measurement's ref level method is set to percent. 2-48 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 65 This command sets or queries the 'to edge' type for the measurement. MEASUrement:MEAS<x>: This command sets or queries the 'to edge' search direction for the measurement. TOEDGESEARCHDIRect MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:TRANSition This command sets or queries the transition edges flag for the measurement. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-49...
  • Page 66 MEASUrement:REFLevels:PERCent:RISEHigh Sets or queries the percentage used to calculate the high reference level of the rising edge. MEASUrement:REFLevels:PERCent:RISELow Sets or queries the percentage used to calculate the low reference level of the rising edge. 2-50 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 67 Sets or queries the percentage used to calculate the low reference level of the rising RISELow edge. MEASUrement:REF<x>:REFLevels:PERCent: Sets or queries the percentage used to calculate the mid reference level of the rising RISEMid edge. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-51...
  • Page 68 Command groups Table 2-31: Measurement commands (cont.) Command Description MEASUrement:REF<x>:REFLevels:PERCent: Sets or queries the reference level percent type. TYPE MEASUrement:STATIstics:CYCLEMode This command sets or queries whether cycle-cycle statistics are calculated for all measurements. 2-52 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...

  • Page 69: Miscellaneous Command Group

    Returns the exit license information for the user to return to their TekAMS account. LOCk Sets or queries the front panel lock state. *LRN? Returns a listing of instrument settings. NEWpass Changes the password for user protected data. PASSWord Provides access for changing user protected data. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-53...
  • Page 70 Reverts the scope settings to a state before the previous command or user interface action. UNLock Unlocks front panel. USBDevice:CONFigure Used to configure the rear USB port to be off or enabled as a USBTMC device. VERBose Sets or queries the verbose state. 2-54 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...

  • Page 71: Plot Command Group

    Sets or queries the input source for cycle base measurement in the specified power INPUTSOurce measurement badge. POWer:POWer<x>:CYCLEMAX: Sets or queries the input source for cycle maximum measurement in the specified power INPUTSOurce measurement badge. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-55...
  • Page 72 Sets or queries the value of power factor for the harmonics measurement in the specified PFACtor power measurement badge. POWer:POWer<x>:HARMONICS: Sets or queries the power level for the harmonics measurement in the specified power POWERRating measurement badge. 2-56 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 73 Sets or queries the falling edge for high reference level in absolute units for the specified ABSolute:FALLHigh power measurement badge. POWer:POWer<x>:REFLevels: Sets or queries the falling edge for low reference level in absolute units for the specified power ABSolute:FALLLow measurement badge. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-57...
  • Page 74 Queries the peak-to-peak value of all acquisitions for the measurement parameter in the ALLAcqs:PK2PK? specified power measurement badge. POWer:POWer<x>:RESUlts: Queries the population (number of complete cycles) of all acquisitions for the measurement ALLAcqs:POPUlation? parameter in the specified power measurement badge. 2-58 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 75 Queries the true power value for the specified power measurement badge. CURRentacq:TRPWR? POWer:POWer<x>:RESUlts: Queries the RMS voltage value for the specified power measurement badge. CURRentacq:VRMS? POWer:POWer<x>:SOA:ISOURce Sets or queries the current source for SOA measurement in the specified power measurement badge. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-59...
  • Page 76 Sets or queries the voltage level (Ton-Start & Stop) in absolute units for switching loss SWITCHINGLOSS:VLEVELAbs measurement in the specified power measurement badge. POWer:POWer<x>: Sets or queries the voltage level (Ton-Start & Stop) in percentage for switching loss SWITCHINGLOSS:VLEVELPct measurement in the specified power measurement badge. 2-60 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 77 LFREQuency POWer:POWer<x>:TYPe Sets or queries the measurement type for the specified power measurement badge. POWERTABle:ADDNew Adds the power harmonics table. POWERTABle:DELete Deletes the power harmonics table. POWERTABle:LIST? Lsts all defined power harmonics table. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-61...

  • Page 78: Save And Recall Command Group

    Sets or queries whether displayed reference waveforms are to be included in saved setups. SAVe:WAVEform Saves the specified waveform(s) to the specified destination file(s). SAVe:WAVEform:SOURCELIst? Returns a list of the available waveforms that can be specified as the source for the SAVe:WAVEform command. 2-62 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...

  • Page 79: Save On Command Group

    Sets or queries whether to save a waveform when a limit test failure, mask failure, or trigger occurs. SAVEON:WAVEform:FILEFormat Sets or queries the file format for saving waveform. SAVEON:WAVEform:SOURce Sets or queries the sources for saving waveforms. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-63...

  • Page 80: Search And Mark Command Group

    Sets or queries the data offset value (TDM channel) to be used when searching on AUDio:DATa:OFFSet a TDM type audio bus signal. SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS: Sets or queries the qualifier to be used when searching on an audio bus signal. AUDio:DATa:QUALifier 2-64 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 81 SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS: Specifies the number of contiguous TCP/IPv4/MAC client bytes to use when ETHERnet:DATa:SIZe searching on the Ethernet data field. SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS: Specifies the binary value to use when searching on the Ethernet data field. ETHERnet:DATa:VALue MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-65...
  • Page 82 Sets or queries the FlexRay bus search trigger cycle count qualifier. FLEXRAY:CYCLEcount:QUALifier SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS: Sets or queries the FlexRay bus search trigger data value. FLEXRAY:DATa:HIVALue SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS: Sets or queries the FlexRay bus search trigger data offset. FLEXRAY:DATa:OFFSet 2-66 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 83 SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:LIN: Specifies the high data value to be used in a LIN search. DATa:HIVALue SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:LIN: Sets or queries the LIN bus search trigger data qualifier. DATa:QUALifier MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-67...
  • Page 84 MIL1553B:STATus:BIT:ME for a MIL-STD-1553 bus to search on. SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS: Sets or queries the value of the instrumentation bit (INSTR bit, bit 10) in a status MIL1553B:STATus:BIT:INSTR word for a MIL-STD-1553 bus to search on. 2-68 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 85 Sets or queries data offset for the specified USB bus trigger search to determine DATa:OFFSet where to place a mark. SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:USB: Sets or queries the length of the data string in bytes for the specified USB bus DATa:SIZe trigger search to determine where to place a mark. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-69...
  • Page 86 Sets or queries the clock slope setting for a setup/hold trigger search to determine CLOCk:EDGE where to place a mark. SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:SETHold: Sets or queries the clock source setting for a setup/hold trigger search to determine CLOCk:SOUrce where to place a mark. 2-70 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 87 Sets or queries the conditions used for generating an A logic pattern. LOGICPattern:REF<x> SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc: Sets or queries the polarity for the clock channel when Use Clock Edge is set to Yes POLarity for Logic search type. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-71...
  • Page 88 Sets or queries the conditions used for generating an A logic pattern. LOGICPattern:CH<x>_D<x> SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:SETHold: Sets or queries the conditions used for generating an A logic pattern. LOGICPattern:MATH<x> SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:SETHold: Sets and returns the conditions used for generating an A logic pattern. LOGICPattern:REF<x> 2-72 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 89 Sets or queries the source threshold LOW level for a transition trigger search to THReshold:LOW determine where to place a mark. SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:WINdow: Sets or queries the window search event. WHEn SEARCH:SELected Sets or queries the selected search. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-73...

  • Page 90: Self Test Command Group

    Returns the status of the diagnostics (single area). DIAg:RESUlt:LOG? Returns the status of the diagnostic area. DIAg:SELect Selects or queries an available diagnostic area. DIAg:STATE Sets the instrument operating state. TOUCHSCReen:CALibrate Starts the touchscreen calibration procedure. 2-74 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...

  • Page 91: Status And Error Command Group

    *SRE Sets or queries the bits in the Service Request Enable Register. *STB? Returns the contents of the Status Byte Register. *WAI Prevents the instrument from executing further commands until all pending operations finish. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-75...

  • Page 92: Trigger Command Group

    Sets the condition (word select, start of frame, or matching data) to be used when triggering on an audio bus signal. TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:AUDio:DATa: Sets the upper word value to be used when triggering on an audio bus signal. HIVALue 2-76 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 93 , this command specifies where in DATa OFFSet the data field to look for the data trigger value. TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:ETHERnet:DATa: Sets or queries the qualifier to be used when triggering on an Ethernet bus signal. QUALifier MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-77...
  • Page 94 CYCLEcount:VALue TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:DATa: Specifies the high value when triggering on the FlexRay bus data field. HIVALue TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:DATa: Specifies the offset of the data string, in bytes, when triggering on the FlexRay OFFSet bus data field. 2-78 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 95 Specifies the trigger condition for LIN. TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:LIN:DATa:HIVALue Specifies the high data value string used for a LIN bus trigger when the trigger condition is DATA or IDANDDATA and the data qualifier is INRANGE or OUTRANGE. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-79...
  • Page 96 Sets or queries the high value when triggering on status word addresses for a STATus:ADDRess:HIVALue MIL-STD-1553 bus. TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:MIL1553B: Sets or queries the value of the message error bit (ME bit, bit 9) in a status word for STATus:BIT:ME a MIL-STD-1553 bus to triggering on. 2-80 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 97 Specifies the binary data string for the upper limit for inside-of-range and HIVALue outside-of-range qualifiers for the USB trigger when the trigger condition is DATAPacket. TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:USB:DATa: Specifies the data offset in bytes to trigger on. OFFSet MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-81...
  • Page 98 Yes for Logic trigger type. TRIGger:{A|B}:LOGIc:USECLockedge Sets whether or not Logic trigger type uses clock source. TRIGger:{A|B}:LOGIc:WHEn Sets or queries the condition for generating a logic trigger with respect to the defined input pattern. 2-82 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 99 Specifies whether to check for a transitioning signal that is faster or slower than the specified delta time. TRIGger:{A|B}:TRANsition: Specifies whether or not to use logic qualification for a transition trigger. LOGICQUALification TRIGger:{A|B}:TYPe Sets or queries the type of A or B trigger. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-83...
  • Page 100 Sets or queries the type of A→B sequential trigger reset. TRIGger:B:STATE Returns the current state of the triggering system. TRIGger:B:TIMe Sets or queries the B trigger delay time. TRIGger:STATE? Returns the current state of the triggering system. 2-84 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...

  • Page 101: Vertical Command Group

    Analog channels are available when analog probes are attached to FlexChannel inputs. You can replace VOLts with SCAle in the vertical commands. This provides program compatibility with earlier models of Tektronix instruments. Table 2-41: Vertical commands Command Description CH<x>?
  • Page 102 Sets or queries the target channel for performing channel-to-channel deskew adjustment. VERTical:DESKew:TO:CUSTOMPROPAgation Sets or queries a target (TO) delay that can be specified by the user when the propagation delay of the target (TO) probe used for deskew cannot be detected automatically. 2-86 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 103 Command groups Table 2-41: Vertical commands (cont.) Command Description VERTical:DESKEW:FROM:SOUrce Sets or queries the source channel for performing channel-to-channel deskew adjustment. VERTical:DESKEW:TO:SOUrce Sets or queries the target channel for performing channel-to-channel deskew adjustment. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-87...

  • Page 104: Waveform Transfer Command Group

    0 to 255. When the byte width is two, the values range from -32768 to 32767. When a MATH (or REF that came from a MATH) is used, 32-bit floating point values are used that are four bytes in width. 2-88 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 105 WFMOutpre? commands for more information. Scaling waveform data. Once you transfer the waveform data to the controller, you can convert the data points into voltage values for analysis using information from the waveform preamble. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-89...
  • Page 106 Returns the format for ASCII data transferred from the instrument. WFMOutpre:BIT_Nr Sets or queries the number of bits per waveform point that outgoing waveforms contain. WFMOutpre:BN_Fmt Sets or queries the format of binary data for the waveform. 2-90 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 107 Returns the vertical scale factor per digitizing level for the waveform. WFMOutpre:YOFf? Returns the vertical offset in digitizing levels for the waveform. WFMOutpre:YUNit? Returns the vertical units for the waveform. WFMOutpre:YZEro? Returns the vertical offset for the waveform. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-91...

  • Page 108: Zoom Command Group

    Sets or queries the zoom vertical scale factor of the specified waveform for the VERTical:SCALe specified zoom in the specified waveview. DISplay:WAVEView<x>:Zoom? Queries the zoom parameters of the specified waveview. DISplay:WAVEView<x>:ZOOM:ZOOM<x>? Queries the zoom parameters of the specified zoom in the specified waveview. 2-92 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...

  • Page 109: Commands Listed In Alphabetical Order

    Inverts the normal display hues and lightness levels based on sample INVErted intensity. The areas of lowest sample density appear the brightest, while the areas with the highest sample density appear the darkest. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-93...
  • Page 110 ACQuire:MAXSamplerate? (Query Only) This query returns the maximum real-time sample rate. Group Acquisition Syntax ACQuire:MAXSamplerate? Examples might return ACQUIRE:MAXSAMPLERATE? :ACQUIRE:MAXSAMPLERATE 6.25E9 ACQuire:MODe This command sets or queries the selected acquisition mode of the instrument. 2-94 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 111 XY, Roll, and Interpolated Time (IT) Sampling Mode are conflicting features to WFMDB acqMode. Turning on one of them generally turns the other one off. Selection of some standard masks (for example, eye masks, which require option MTM) changes the acquisition mode to WFMDB. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-95...
  • Page 112 <NR1> Examples specifies that 10 waveform averages will be performed ACQUIRE:NUMAVG 10 before exponential averaging starts. might return , indicating that there ACQUIRE:NUMAVG? :ACQUIRE:NUMAVG 75 are 75 acquisitions specified for averaging. 2-96 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 113 In single sequence acquisition, the single sequence stop after count is based on the number of acquisitions. Group Acquisition Syntax ACQuire:SEQuence:MODe NUMACQs Arguments is the number of acquisitions. NUMACQs Examples ? might return ACQUIRE:SEQUENCE:MODE :ACQUIRE:SEQUENCE:MODE indicating the acquisition sequence mode is set to NUMACQS NUMACQS MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-97...
  • Page 114 If acquire:stopafter is SEQUENCE, this command leaves the instrument in single sequence, unlike the run/stop button which takes the instrument out of single sequence. Group Acquisition Syntax ACQuire:STATE {<NR1>|OFF|ON|RUN|STOP} ACQuire:STATE? Related Commands ACQuire:STOPAfter 2-98 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 115 ACQUIRE:STOPAFTER RUNSTOP might return ACQUIRE:STOPAFTER? :ACQUIRE:STOPAFTER SEQUENCE indicating that the next acquisition the instrument makes will be of the single-sequence type. AFG:AMPLitude Sets (or queries) the AFG amplitude in volts, peak to peak. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-99...
  • Page 116 <QString> Examples "E:/Waveforms/Square.wfm" sets the source AFG:ARBITRARY:SOURCE waveform to E:/Waveforms/Square.wfm. might return "E:/Waveforms/Square.wfm" indicating AFG:ARBITRARY:SOURCE? the source is set to E:/Waveforms/Square.wfm. AFG:FREQuency Sets (or queries) the AFG frequency, in Hz. Conditions Requires option AFG. 2-100 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 117 Sets (or queries) which AFG function to execute. Conditions Requires option AFG. Group Syntax AFG:FUNCtion {SINE|SQUare|PULSe|RAMP|NOISe|DC|SINC|GAUSsian|LORENtz |ERISe|EDECAy|HAVERSINe|CARDIac|ARBitrary} AFG:FUNCtion? Arguments SINE SQUare PULSe RAMP NOISe DC – The DC level is controlled by AFG:OFFSet. SINC (Sin(x)/x) GAUSsian LORENtz ERISe EDECAy MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-101...
  • Page 118 1.5 Volts. AFG:LOWLevel This command sets (or queries) the low level value of the output waveform, in volts, when using the arbitrary function generator feature. Conditions Requires option AFG. Group Syntax AFG:LOWLevel <NR3> AFG:LOWLevel? 2-102 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 119 AFG additive noise level to 50 percent. AFG:NOISEADD:PERCENT 50 ? might return AFG:NOISEADD:PERCENT :AFG:NOISEADD:PERCENT 0 indicating that no noise is added. AFG:NOISEAdd:STATE Sets (or queries) the AFG additive noise state. Conditions Requires option AFG. Group Syntax AFG:NOISEAdd:STATE {0|1|OFF|ON} AFG:NOISEAdd:STATE? MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-103...
  • Page 120 Sets (or queries) the AFG output load impedance. Conditions Requires option AFG. Group Syntax AFG:OUTPut:LOAd:IMPEDance {FIFty|HIGHZ} AFG:OUTPut:LOAd:IMPEDance? Arguments sets the output load impedance to 50 Ohms. FIFty sets the output load impedance to the high-impedance state. HIGHZ 2-104 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 121 Sets (or queries) the period of the AFG waveform, in seconds. Conditions Requires option AFG. Group Syntax AFG:PERIod <NR3> AFG:PERIod? Arguments is the floating point number that represents the AFG period value, in seconds. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-105...
  • Page 122 Sets (or queries) the AFG ramp symmetry in percent. Minimum is 0.0%, maximum is 100.0% and increment is 0.10%. Conditions Requires option AFG. Group Syntax AFG:RAMP:SYMmetry <NR3> AFG:RAMP:SYMmetry? Arguments Floating point number that represents the AFG ramp symmetry, as a percentage. 2-106 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 123 Alias Syntax ALIas {OFF|ON|<NR1>} ALIas? Related Commands ALIas:STATE Arguments turns Alias expansion off. turns Alias expansion on. When a defined alias is received, the specified command sequence is substituted for the alias and executed. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-107...
  • Page 124 Attempting to give two aliases the same name causes an error. To give a new alias the name of an existing alias, the existing alias must first be deleted. Group Alias Syntax ALIas:DEFine <QString><,>{<QString>|<Block>} ALIas:DEFine? Related Commands ALIas:STATE 2-108 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 125 <QString> previously defined value. Examples deletes the alias named SETUP1. ALIAS:DELETE "SETUP1" ALIas:DELEte:ALL (No Query Form) This command deletes all existing aliases. Group Alias MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-109...
  • Page 126 = 0 turns off aliases; any other value turns on aliases. <NR1> turns alias expansion off. turns alias expansion on. When a defined alias is received, the specified command sequence is substituted for the alias and executed. 2-110 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 127 This command sets or queries the idle time from the programmable interface before auto-save occurs. Group Miscellaneous Syntax AUTOSAVEPITIMEOUT <NR1> AUTOSAVEPITIMEOUT? Arguments <NR1> Examples sets the timeout to 100 seconds. AUTOSAVEPITIMEOUT 100000 might return AUTOSAVEPITIMEOUT? :AUTOSAVEPITIMEOUT 180000 indicating the time out value is 180 seconds. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-111...
  • Page 128 EXECute front panel AUTOSET button. Examples autosets the displayed waveform. AUTOSET EXECute AUXout:EDGE This command sets or queries the direction in which the Auxiliary Output signal will transition when a trigger occurs. Group Miscellaneous 2-112 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 129 This command adds the specified bus. This command creates/adds the bus but does not display it (turn it on). In order to enable bus decoding and see the bus display on screen, send the DISplay:WAVEView<x>:BUS:B<x>:STATE command. Group Syntax BUS:ADDNew <QString> MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-113...
  • Page 130 , indicating the bit rate is set to handle high speed signals. BUS:B<x>:ARINC429A:BITRate:CUSTom This command sets or queries the ARINC429 custom bit rate for the specified bus. The bus is specified by x. Conditions Requires option SR-AERO. Group 2-114 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 131 SDIDATASSM 31 of the 32 bit packet) Examples sets Bus 1 ARINC429 DATA BUS:B1:ARINC429A:DATAFORMAT SDIDATASSM field width to 23 bits. might return BUS:B1:ARINC429A:DATAFORMAT? , indicating a DATA field width :BUS:B1:ARINC429A:DATAFORMAT DATA of 19 bits. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-115...
  • Page 132 ARINC429 bus. CH<x> specifies a math waveform as the source waveform for the ARINC429 Math<x> bus. specifies a reference waveform as the source waveform for the REF<x> ARINC429 bus. 2-116 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 133 This command sets or queries the number of delay bits for the specified AUDIO bus. The bus is specified by x. NOTE. This command only applies to the TDM Audio type. Conditions Requires option SR-AUDIO. Group MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-117...
  • Page 134 MSB is first in the bit order. BUS:B<x>:AUDio:CLOCk:POLarity This command sets or queries the clock source polarity for the specified AUDIO bus. The bus is specified by x. Conditions Requires option SR-AUDIO. Group 2-118 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 135 REF<x>_D<x> waveform for the specified audio bus. Examples sets D1 of channel 1 as the clock BUS:B1:AUDIO:CLOCK:SOURCE CH1_D1 source for the audio bus. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-119...
  • Page 136 1.0 V. BUS:B<x>:AUDio:DATa:POLarity This command sets or queries the audio data source polarity for the specified audio bus. The bus is specified by x. Conditions Requires option SR-AUDIO. Group Syntax BUS:B<x>:AUDio:DATa:POLarity {HIGH|LOW} BUS:B<x>:AUDio:DATa:POLarity? 2-120 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 137 24. BUS:B<x>:AUDio:DATa:SOUrce This command sets or queries the audio data source for the specified audio bus. The bus is specified by x. Conditions Requires option SR-AUDIO. Group MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-121...
  • Page 138 Group Syntax BUS:B<x>:AUDio:DATa:THReshold <NR3> BUS:B<x>:AUDio:DATa:THReshold? Related Commands BUS:B<x>:AUDio:DATa:SOUrce Arguments is the audio data source threshold for the specified bus. <NR3> Examples 1.5 sets the Bus 3 audio clock source BUS:B3:AUDIO:DATA:THRESHOLD threshold to 500.0 mV. 2-122 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 139 The bus is specified by x. NOTE. This command only applies to the TDM Audio type. Conditions Requires option SR-AUDIO. Group Syntax BUS:B<x>:AUDio:FRAME:CLOCKBITSPERCHANNEL <NR1> BUS:B<x>:AUDio:FRAME:CLOCKBITSPERCHANNEL? Arguments is the audio bits of sync width for the specified bus. <NR1> MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-123...
  • Page 140 8. BUS:B<x>:AUDio:TYPe This command sets or queries the audio format (type) for the specified audio bus. The bus is specified by x. Conditions Requires option SR-AUDIO. Group Syntax BUS:B<x>:AUDio:TYPe {I2S|LJ|RJ|TDM} BUS:B<x>:AUDio:TYPe? 2-124 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 141 :BUS:B1:AUDIO:WORDSEL:POLARITY NORMAL polarity is set to normal. BUS:B<x>:AUDio:WORDSel:SOUrce This command sets or queries the audio word select source waveform for the specified audio bus. The bus is specified by x. Conditions Requires option SR-AUDIO. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-125...
  • Page 142 Requires option SR-AUDIO. Group Syntax BUS:B<x>:AUDio:WORDSel:THReshold <NR3> BUS:B<x>:AUDio:WORDSel:THReshold? Arguments is the audio word select source threshold for the specified bus. <NR3> Examples 300.0E-3 sets the Bus 4 audio word BUS:B4:AUDIO:WORDSEL:THRESHOLD select source threshold to 300 mV. 2-126 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 143 CAN bit rate is set to 500 k. BUS:B<x>:CAN:BITRate:VALue This command sets or queries CAN bit rate when Custom is selected by BUS:B<x>:CAN:BITRate. The bus number is specified by x. Conditions Requires option SR-AUTO. Group Syntax BUS:B<x>:CAN:BITRate:VALue <NR3> BUS:B<x>:CAN:BITRate:VALue? MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-127...
  • Page 144 CAN FD bit rate is 4 Mbps. BUS:B<x>:CAN:FD:BITRate:CUSTom This command sets or queries the custom bit rate for the increased data phase of CAN FD packets on the specified CAN bus. The bus is specified by x. 2-128 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 145 Arguments is the sample point, in percent, for the specified CAN bus. <NR1> Examples sets the sample point to 40%. BUS:B1:CAN:SAMPLEpoint 40 might return BUS:B1:CAN:SAMPLEpoint? :BUS:B1:CAN:SAMPLEPOINT 50 indicating the sample point is at 50%. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-129...
  • Page 146 Requires option SR-AUTO. Group Syntax BUS:B<x>:CAN:SOUrce {CH<x>|CH<x>_D<x>|MATH<x>|REF<x>|REF<x>_D<x>} BUS:B<x>:CAN:SOUrce? Arguments Arguments specify a channel. Examples sets the source channel to MATH6. BUS:B1:CAN:SOUrce MATH6 might return , indicating BUS:B1:CAN:SOUrce? :BUS:B1:CAN:SOURCE CH1 that the CAN source channel is CH1. 2-130 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 147 This command sets or queries the source channel threshold for the specified CAN bus. The bus is specified by x. Conditions Requires option SR-AUTO. Group Syntax BUS:B<x>:CAN:THReshold <NR3> BUS:B<x>:CAN:THReshold? Arguments is the source channel threshold for the specified CAN bus. <NR3> MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-131...
  • Page 148 BUS:B1:DISplay:FORMat BINARY might return BUS:B1:DISplay:FORMat? :BUS:B1:DISPLAY:FORMAT HEX indicating the format is set to hexadecimal. BUS:B<x>:DISplay:LAYout This command sets or queries what to display for the specified bus. The bus is specified by x. Group 2-132 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 149 <NR3> Examples 250.0E-3 sets the Bus 3 Ethernet BUS:B3:ETHERNET:DATAMINUSTHRESHOLD DATA Minus source threshold to 250.0000 mV. might return BUS:B2:ETHERNET:DATAMINUSTHRESHOLD? 1.0 indicates the Bus 2 BUS:B2:ETHERNET:DATAMINUSTHRESHOLD Ethernet D- source threshold is set to 1.0 V. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-133...
  • Page 150 This command sets or queries whether IPV4 packets are available for triggering on Ethernet. The bus is specified by x. Conditions Requires option SR-ENET. Group Syntax BUS:B<x>:ETHERnet:IPVFOUR {YES|NO} BUS:B<x>:ETHERnet:IPVFOUR? Arguments specifies that IPV4 packets are available. specifies that IPV4 packets are not available. 2-134 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 151 -500 mV. BUS:B<x>:ETHERnet:QTAGGING This command sets or queries whether Q-Tagging packets are available for triggering on Ethernet. The bus is specified by x. Conditions Requires option SR-ENET. Group Syntax BUS:B<x>:ETHERnet:QTAGGING {YES|NO} BUS:B<x>:ETHERnet:QTAGGING? MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-135...
  • Page 152 This command sets or queries the Ethernet data (SDATA) source for the specified bus. This command controls the source channel when the signal type is differential. The bus number is specified by <x>. Conditions Requires option SR-ENET. Group 2-136 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 153 Group Syntax BUS:B<x>:ETHERNET:SOUrce:DMINus {CH<x>|MATH<x>|REF<x>} BUS:B<x>:ETHERNET:SOUrce:DMINus? Arguments Argument is the D- source. Examples sets the D- source to channel 1. BUS:B1:ETHERNET:SOUrce:DMINus CH1 might return BUS:B1:ETHERNET:SOUrce:DMINus? indicating the source is set to :BUS:B1:ETHERNET:SOURCE:DMINUS CH2 channel 2. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-137...
  • Page 154 BUS:B<x>:ETHERnet:THRESHold <NR3> BUS:B<x>:ETHERnet:THRESHold? Related Commands BUS:B<x>:ETHERnet:SOUrce Arguments is the Ethernet DATA source High threshold for the specified bus. <NR3> Examples 1.0 sets the Bus 4 Ethernet DATA source High BUS:B4:ETHERNET:THRESHOLD threshold to 1.0 V. 2-138 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 155 This command sets or queries the FlexRay bus bit rate. The bus is specified by x. If you select Custom, use BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:BITRate:CUSTom to set the bit rate. Conditions Requires option SR-AUTO. Group Syntax BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:BITRate {CUSTOM|RATE2M|RATE5M|RATE10M} BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:BITRate? Arguments Arguments specify the bit rate. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-139...
  • Page 156 This command sets or queries the FlexRay channel type for the specified bus. The bus number is specified by x. Conditions Requires option SR-AUTO. Group Syntax BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:CHannel {A|B} BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:CHannel? Arguments specifies the A channel. specifies the B channel. 2-140 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 157 This command sets or queries the FlexRay signal type for the specified bus. The bus number is specified by x. Conditions Requires option SR-AUTO. Group Syntax BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:SIGnal {BDIFFBP|BM|TXRX} BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:SIGnal? Arguments sets the FlexRay signal type to BDIFFBP. BDIFFBP sets the FlexRay signal type to BM. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-141...
  • Page 158 This command sets or queries the FlexRay TxRx data source for the specified bus when the signal type is TXRX. The bus is specified by x. Conditions Requires option SR-AUTO. Group Syntax BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:SOUrce:TXRX {CH<x>|CH<x>_D<x>|MATH<x>|REF<x>|REF<x>_D<x>} Arguments Arguments are the available sources. 2-142 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 159 This command sets or queries the FlexRay data source TxRx threshold for the specified bus. The bus is specified by x. Conditions Requires option SR-EMBD. Group Syntax BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:TXRXTHRESHold <NR3> BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:TXRXTHRESHold? Arguments is the TxRx threshold. <NR3> MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-143...
  • Page 160 , indicating that the I2C SCLK source is set to D5 of FlexChannel 4. CH4_D5 BUS:B<x>:I2C:CLOCk:THReshold This command sets or queries the I2C Clock (SCLK) source threshold for the specified bus. The bus is specified by x. Conditions Requires option SR-EMBD. 2-144 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 161 I2C SDA source. MATH<x> specifies a reference waveform to use as the I2C SDA source. REF<x> specifies a digital reference waveform as the data source waveform REF<x>_D<x> for the specified I2C bus. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-145...
  • Page 162 This command sets or queries the manner in which seven-bit I2C addresses are represented in the busform display of the specified bus. The bus is specified by x. Conditions Requires option SR-EMBD. Group Syntax BUS:B<x>:I2C:RWINADDR {0|1} BUS:B<x>:I2C:RWINADDR? Related Commands BUS:B<x>:I2C:CLOCk:SOUrce, BUS:B<x>:I2C:DATa:SOUrce 2-146 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 163 BUS:B1:LABel:COLor? :BUS:B1:LABEL:COLOR "#FF0000" indicating the color is red. BUS:B<x>:LABel:FONT:BOLD This command sets or queries the bold state of the specified bus label. The bus is specified by x. Group Syntax BUS:B<x>:LABel:FONT:BOLD {ON|OFF|1|0} BUS:B<x>:LABel:FONT:BOLD? MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-147...
  • Page 164 BUS:B1LABel:FONT:ITALic OFF might return BUS:B1LABel:FONT:ITALic? :BUS:B1:LABEL:FONT:ITALIC indicating the font is italic. BUS:B<x>:LABel:FONT:SIZE This command sets or queries the font size of the specified bus label. The bus is specified by x. Group 2-148 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 165 Frutiger LT Stdn. "Frutiger LT Std 55 Roman" BUS:B<x>:LABel:FONT:UNDERline This command sets or queries the underline state of the specified bus label. The bus is specified by x. Group Syntax BUS:B<x>:LABel:FONT:UNDERline {ON|OFF|1|0} BUS:B<x>:LABel:FONT:UNDERline? MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-149...
  • Page 166 B1 is set to “Bus 1”. BUS:B<x>:LABel:XPOS This command sets or queries the x-position of the specified bus label. The bus is specified by x. Group 2-150 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 167 This command sets or queries the LIN bus bit rate. The bus number is specified by x. If you select Custom, use BUS:B<x>:LIN:BITRate:CUSTom to set the bit rate. Conditions Requires option SR-AUTO. Group Syntax BUS:B<x>:LIN:BITRate {RATE10K|RATE1K|RATE19K|RATE2K|RATE4K|RATE9K|CUSTom} MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-151...
  • Page 168 10,000. :BUS:B1:LIN:BITRate:CUSTom 10000 BUS:B<x>:LIN:IDFORmat This command sets or queries LIN bus identifier format for the specified bus. The bus number is specified by x. Conditions Requires option SR-AUTO. 2-152 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 169 BUS:B1:LIN:POLarity? :BUS:B1:LIN:POLARITY NORMAL indicating the bus polarity is set to normal. BUS:B<x>:LIN:SAMPLEpoint Specifies the LIN sample point, for the specified LIN bus. The bus is specified by x. Conditions Requires option SR-AUTO. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-153...
  • Page 170 BUS:B1:LIN:SOUrce? :BUS:B1:LIN:SOURCE CH1 the source is set to channel 1. BUS:B<x>:LIN:SOUrce:THReshold This command sets or queries the LIN source threshold for the specified bus. The bus is specified by x. Conditions Requires option SR-AUTO. 2-154 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 171 BUS:B1:LIN:STANDard V1X might return BUS:B1:LIN:STANDard? :BUS:B1:LIN:STANDARD V2X indicating the standard is set to version 2.x. BUS:B<x>:MIL1553B:LOWTHRESHold This command sets or queries the MIL-STD-1553 lower threshold for the specified bus. The bus is specified by x. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-155...
  • Page 172 NORMal specifies inverted polarity. INVERTed Examples sets Bus 3 MIL-STD-1553 polarity BUS:B3:MIL1553B:POLARITY INVERTED to inverted. might return BUS:B2:MIL1553B:POLARITY? :BUS:B2:MIL1553B:POLARITY , indicating that the Bus 2 MIL-STD-1553 polarity is set to normal. NORMAL 2-156 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 173 This command sets or queries the minimum response time to a valid command issued for the specified MIL-STD-1553 bus. The bus is specified by x. Conditions Requires option SR-AERO. Group Syntax BUS:B<x>:MIL1553B:RESPonsetime:MINimum <NR3> BUS:B<x>:MIL1553B:RESPonsetime:MINimum? Related Commands BUS:B<x>:MIL1553B:RESPonsetime:MAXimum MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-157...
  • Page 174 MIL-STD-1553 bus. might return BUS:B1:MIL1553B:SOURCE? :BUS:B1:MIL1553B:SOURCE indicating that the source is set to MATH2. MATH2 BUS:B<x>:MIL1553B:THRESHold This command sets or queries the MIL-STD-1553 upper threshold for the specified bus. The bus is specified by x. 2-158 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 175 1.0 sets the threshold of all the sources in BUS:B4:PARALLEL:ALLTHRESHOLDS parallel Bus 4 to 1.0 V. might return BUS:B3:PARALLEL:ALLTHRESHOLDS? 500.00000E-3 indicates the threshold for BUS:B3:PARALLEL:ALLTHRESHOLDS all sources in parallel Bus 3 is currently set to 500.0 mV. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-159...
  • Page 176 CH<x>_D<x> is the specified bit source. MATH<x> is the specified bit source. REF<x> specifies a digital reference waveform as the bit<x> source REF<x>_D<x> waveform for the specified parallel bus. disables the bit source. NONE 2-160 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 177 4 of parallel Bus 1 is currently set to 250.0 mV. BUS:B<x>:PARallel:CLOCk:EDGE This command sets or queries the clock edge for the parallel bus. The bus is specified by x. Group Syntax BUS:B<x>:PARallel:CLOCk:EDGE {FALLING|RISING|EITHER} BUS:B<x>:PARallel:CLOCk:EDGE? Related Commands BUS:B<x>:PARallel:CLOCkSOUrce, MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-161...
  • Page 178 BUS:B1:PARallel:CLOCk:ISCLOCKED 0 asynchronously. might return BUS:B1:PARallel:CLOCk:ISCLOCKED? indicating the bus is :BUS:B1:PARALLEL:CLOCK:ISCLOCKED 1 clocked. BUS:B<x>:PARallel:CLOCkSOUrce This command sets or queries the Parallel clock bit source for the specified bus. The bus is specified by x. Group 2-162 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 179 BUS:B<x>:PARallel:CLOCKSOUrce:THReshold <NR3> BUS:B<x>:PARallel:CLOCKSOUrce:THReshold? Related Commands BUS:B<x>:PARallel:CLOCk:ISCLOCKED, Arguments is the clock bit source threshold for the parallel bus. <NR3> Examples 1.5 sets the threshold of the BUS:B4:PARALLEL:CLOCKSOUrce:THRESHOLD clock source of parallel Bus 4 to 1.5 V. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-163...
  • Page 180 RS-232C bus B1 is set to 9000 bits-per-second. BUS:B<x>:RS232C:BITRate:CUSTom This command sets or queries the RS-232C custom bit rate for the specified bus. The bus is specified by x. Conditions Requires option SR-COMP. Group Syntax BUS:B<x>:RS232C:BITRate:CUSTom <NR1> BUS:B<x>:RS232C:BITRate:CUSTom? Related Commands BUS:B<x>:RS232C:BITRate 2-164 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 181 This command sets or queries the RS-232C string delimiter on bus <x>, where the bus number is specified by <x>. This command only applies when Packet view is turned On. Conditions Requires option SR-COMP. Group MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-165...
  • Page 182 FRame displays a group of frames terminated with a single frame defined by the PACKET command. BUS:B<x>:RS232C:DELImiter Examples sets the display mode for the RS-232C BUS:B1:RS232C:DISPLAYMODE FRAME bus B1 to Frame. 2-166 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 183 RS-232C bus B1 is set to none. BUS:B<x>:RS232C:POLarity This command sets or queries the RS-232C source polarity for bus <x>, where the bus number is specified by <x>. Conditions Requires option SR-COMP. Group Syntax BUS:B<x>:RS232C:POLarity {NORmal|INVERTed} BUS:B<x>:RS232C:POLarity? MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-167...
  • Page 184 BUS:B1:RS232C:SOURCE? :BUS:B1:RS232C:SOURCE CH1 indicating that the source for the RS-232C bus B1 is CH1. BUS:B<x>:RS232C:SOUrce:THReshold This command sets or queries the RS-232C source threshold for the specified bus. The bus is specified by x. 2-168 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 185 The decoding happens left to right. Examples sets each bit order for the SPI bus B1 to LSB. BUS:B1:SPI:BITORDER LSB might return BUS:B1:SPI:BITORDER? :BUS:B1:SPI:BITORDER MSB indicating that the bit order for the SPI bus B1 is set to MSB. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-169...
  • Page 186 B1 is set to the rising edge. BUS:B<x>:SPI:CLOCk:SOUrce This command sets or queries the SPI clock (SCLK) source for the specified bus. The bus is specified by x. Conditions Requires option SR-EMBD. Group Syntax BUS:B<x>:SPI:CLOCk:SOUrce {CH<x>|CH<x>_D<x>|MATH<x>|REF<x>|REF<x>_D<x>} BUS:B<x>:SPI:CLOCk:SOUrce? Related Commands BUS:B<x>:SPI:CLOCk:POLarity 2-170 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 187 BUS:B1:SPI:CLOCk:THReshold? indicating the threshold is set to :BUS:B1:SPI:CLOCK:THRESHOLD 0.0E+0 0.0 V. BUS:B<x>:SPI:DATa:POLarity This command sets or queries the SPI data (SDA) source polarity for the bus number specified by x. Conditions Requires option SR-EMBD. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-171...
  • Page 188 SPI bus B1 is set to eight bits per word. BUS:B<x>:SPI:DATa:SOUrce This command sets or queries the SPI data (SDA) source for the bus number specified by x. 2-172 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 189 This command sets or queries the SPI Data (SDA) source threshold for the specified bus. The bus is specified by x. Conditions Requires option SR-EMBD. Group Syntax BUS:B<x>:SPI:DATa:THReshold <NR3> BUS:B<x>:SPI:DATa:THReshold? Arguments is the SPI Data (SDA) source threshold for the specified bus. <NR3> MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-173...
  • Page 190 This command sets or queries the SPI idle time for the specified bus. The bus is specified by x. Conditions Requires option SR-EMBD. Group Syntax BUS:B<x>:SPI:IDLETime <NR3> BUS:B<x>:SPI:IDLETime? Arguments specifies the SPI idle time. <NR3> 2-174 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 191 B1 is set to active high. BUS:B<x>:SPI:SELect:SOUrce This command sets or queries the SPI Slave Select (SS) source for the specified bus. The bus is specified by x. Conditions Requires option SR-EMBD. Group MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-175...
  • Page 192 SPI Select (SS) source threshold for the specified bus. <NR3> Examples BUS:B1:SPI:SELect:THReshold 50.0e-3 sets the threshold to 50.0 mV. BUS:B1:SPI:SELect:THReshold? might return :BUS:B1:SPI:SELECT:THRESHOLD 0.0E+0 indicating the threshold is set to 0.0 V. 2-176 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 193 B1 type is set to SPI and that the bus behavior is governed by the commands. :BUS:B1:SPI:xxxx BUS:B<x>:USB:BITRate This command sets or queries the USB data rate for bus <x>, where the bus number is specified by <x>. Conditions Requires option SR-USB2. Group MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-177...
  • Page 194 :BUS:B1:USB:DATAMINUSTHRESHOLD 0.0E+0 is set to 0.0 V. BUS:B<x>:USB:DATAPLUSTHRESHold This command sets or queries the USB D+ source threshold for the specified bus. The bus is specified by x. Conditions Requires option SR-USB2. 2-178 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 195 :BUS:B1:USB:LOWTHRESHOLD indicating the threshold is set to 0.0 V. 0.0E+0 BUS:B<x>:USB:SIGNALTYpe This command sets or queries the USB signal type for the specified bus. The bus is specified by x. Conditions Requires option SR-USB2. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-179...
  • Page 196 REF<x> Examples sets the USB data source for bus B1 to D2. BUS:B1:USB:SOURCE D2 might return , indicating that BUS:B1:USB:SOURCE? :BUS:B1:USB:SOURCE D3 the USB data source for bus B1 is D3. 2-180 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 197 , indicating that CH4 is set to be the D- input for USB data. BUS:B<x>:USB:SOUrce:DPLUs This command sets or queries the USB dataPlus (SDATAPLUS) source for the specified bus when the signal type is single ended. The bus is specified by x. Conditions Requires option SR-USB2. Group MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-181...
  • Page 198 USB DATA source High threshold for the specified bus. <NR3> Examples sets the threshold to 50.0 mV. BUS:B1:USB:THRESHold 50.0e-3 might return BUS:B1:USB:THRESHold? :BUS:B1:USB:THRESHOLD 0.0E+0 indicating the threshold is set to 0.0 V. 2-182 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 199 Adds the specified bus table. Argument is of the form , where "TABLE<NR1>" is ≥1). <NR1> Group Syntax BUSTABle:ADDNew <QString> Arguments is a quoted string that is the name of the new bus table. <QString> MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-183...
  • Page 200 BUSY? (Query Only) This query-only command returns the status of the instrument. This command allows you to synchronize the operation of the instrument with your application program. Group Status and Error 2-184 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 201 CALibrate? (Query Only) This query returns the status of signal path calibration. NOTE. When running SPC through the remote interface, calibration status cannot be obtained until after the SPC completes, which can take several minutes. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-185...
  • Page 202 SPC completes. SPC takes approximately 5 minutes per channel which means a total of 40 minutes on an 8-channel model. Any remote command that performs an action on the oscilloscope is also disabled until the SPC is complete. 2-186 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 203 This query will return one of the following: indicates the instrument has not had signal path calibration run. The INIT instrument may need to be readjusted at the Tektronix service center. indicates that the signal path calibration completed successfully. PASS indicates that the signal path calibration did not complete successfully.
  • Page 204 The channel is specified by x. The query form of this command always returns the approximate realized bandwidth of the channel. Available arguments depend upon the instrument and the attached accessories. Group Vertical 2-188 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 205 DC Reject coupling when probes are attached that support that DCREJect feature. Examples sets Channel 2 coupling to AC. CH2:COUPLING AC might return , indicating that Channel 3 CH3:COUPLING? :CH3:COUPLING DC is set to DC coupling. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-189...
  • Page 206 CH2:LABel:COLor "#FFFF00" might return indicating CH2:LABel:COLor? :CH2:LABEL:COLOR "#FF0000" the color is red. CH<x>:LABel:FONT:BOLD This command sets or queries the bold state of the specified channel label. The channel is specified by x. 2-190 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 207 CH2:LABel:FONT:ITALic ON might return CH2:LABel:FONT:ITALic? :CH2:LABEL:FONT:ITALIC 0 indicating the font is not italic. CH<x>:LABel:FONT:SIZE This command sets or queries the font size of the specified channel label. The channel is specified by x. Group Vertical MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-191...
  • Page 208 The channel is specified by x. Group Vertical Syntax CH<x>:LABel:FONT:UNDERline {ON|OFF|<NR1>} Arguments argument turns off underlined font. argument turns on underlined font. = 0 turns off underlined font; any other value turns on underlined font. <NR1> 2-192 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 209 Examples moves the waveform label for Channel 3 so that it begins CH3:LABEL:XPOS 5 5 pixels to the right of the left edge of the screen. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-193...
  • Page 210 This command sets or queries the vertical offset for the specified analog channel. The channel is specified by x. Group Vertical Syntax CH<x>:OFFSet <NR3> CH<x>:OFFSet? Arguments is the offset value for the specified channel. <NR3> 2-194 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 211 10X 1.0000E+07;UNITS "V";ID:TYPE "10X"'SERNUMBER "N/A" probe, indicating that (among other parameters) the attenuation factor for the probe attached to Channel 2 is 100.0 mV (assuming that probe units are set to volts). MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-195...
  • Page 212 Channel 1 to CH1:PROBE:DEGAUSS EXECUTE degauss. CH<x>:PRObe:DEGAUSS:STATE? (Query Only) This command queries whether the probe attached to the specified channel requires a degauss operation. The channel is specified by x. Group Vertical Syntax CH<x>:PRObe:DEGAUSS:STATE? 2-196 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 213 The channel is specified by x. The gain of a probe is the output divided by the input transfer ratio. For example, a common 10x probe has a gain of 0.1. Group Vertical MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-197...
  • Page 214 , indicating that the serial number of the probe attached to Channel 1 "B010289" is B010289. CH<x>:PRObe:ID:TYPe? (Query Only) This query-only command returns the type of probe that is attached to the specified channel. The channel is specified by x. 2-198 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 215 <QString> accessory. Examples setting the probe to 25X attenuation. CH6:PRObe:SET "ATTENUATION 5X" might return CH6:PRObe:SET? :CH6:PROBE:SET "ATTENUATION indicating that the probe is set to the selection for 25X attenuation. 25X" MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-199...
  • Page 216 :CH2:PROBECAL PASSED probe calibration has passed for Channel 2. CH<x>:PROBECOntrol This command sets or queries multirange probe range-control policy preference of the probe that is attached to CH<x>. The channel number is specified by <x>. 2-200 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 217 Channel 1. might return CH2:PROBEFUNC:EXTATTEN? :CH2:PROBEFUNC:EXTATTEN , indicating that the probe attached to Channel 2 is connected 1.0000E+00 directly to the user's signal. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-201...
  • Page 218 Use the CH<x>:PROBEFunc:EXTUnits:STATE command to enable or disable the alternate units. Group Vertical Syntax CH<x>:PROBEFunc:EXTUnits <QString> CH<x>:PROBEFunc:EXTUnits? Related Commands CH<x>:PRObe:UNIts? Arguments indicates the attenuation unit of measurement for the specified <QString> channel. 2-202 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 219 This command sets or returns the vertical scale for the specified analog channel. The channel is specified by x. Group Vertical Syntax CH<x>:SCAle <NR3> Arguments is the vertical scale for the specified analog channel. <NR3> MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-203...
  • Page 220 The available arguments depend on the instrument model and the attached accessories. Group Vertical Syntax CH<x>:TERmination <NR3> CH<x>:TERmination? Arguments specifies the channel input resistance, which can be specified as 50 Ω or <NR3> 1,000,000 Ω. 2-204 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 221 = 0 turns off bold font; any other value turns on bold font. <NR1> Examples sets the font to bold. CH1_DALL:LABel:FONT:BOLD ON might return CH1_DALL:LABel:FONT:BOLD? :CH1_DALL:LABEL:FONT:BOLD indicating the font is not bold. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-205...
  • Page 222 20 points. CH<x>_DALL:LABel:FONT:TYPE This command sets or queries the font type of the specified digital group, such as Arial or Times New Roman. The channel is specified by x. 2-206 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 223 CH1_DALL:LABel:FONT:UNDERline ON might return CH1_DALL:LABel:FONT:UNDERline? indicating underline is off. :CH1_DALL:LABEL:FONT:UNDERLINE 0 CH<x>_DALL:LABel:NAMe This command sets or queries the label of the specified digital group. The channel is specified by x. Group Digital Syntax CH<x>_DALL:LABel:NAMe <QString> MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-207...
  • Page 224 The channel is specified by x. Group Digital Syntax CH<x>_D<x>:LABel:FONT:BOLD {ON|OFF|<NR1>} Arguments argument turns off bold font. argument turns on bold font. = 0 turns off bold font; any other value turns on bold font. <NR1> 2-208 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 225 The channel is specified by x. Group Digital Syntax CH<x>_D<x>:LABel:FONT:SIZE <NR1> Arguments is the font size. <NR1> Examples sets the font size to 16 points. CH1_D1:LABel:FONT:SIZE 16 might return CH1_D1:LABel:FONT:SIZE? :CH1_D1:LABEL:FONT:SIZE 20 indicating the font size is 20 points. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-209...
  • Page 226 CH1_D1:LABel:FONT:UNDERline ON ? might return CH1_D1:LABel:FONT:UNDERline indicating the underline font is off. :CH1_D1:LABEL:FONT:UNDERLINE 0 CH<x>_D<x>:LABel:NAMe Sets or queries the label of the specified digital bit. The channel is specified by x. 2-210 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 227 *CLS can suppress a Service Request that is to be generated by an *OPC. This will happen if a single sequence acquisition operation is still being processed when the *CLS command is executed. Group Status and Error MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-211...
  • Page 228 For digital sources, CH<x>_D<n> or CH<x> _DALL, when the :DATa:WIDth is 1, the returned data is state only. When the :DATa:WIDth is 2, the returned data is transition data with 2 bits per digital channel representing the transition information as follows: 2-212 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 229 If width is 2, then all bytes on the bus are 2-byte pairs. If width is 4, then all bytes on the bus are 4-byte pairs. Use the command to set the width. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-213...
  • Page 230 INIT DATa:STOP, which isset to the current acquisition record length. Sets DATa:STARt and DATa:STOP to match the current waveform cursor SNAp positions of WAVEVIEW1 CURSOR1 if these waveform cursors are currently 2-214 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 231 WFMOutpre values to be updated and vice versa. NOTE. Values are constrained (for outbound data) to the format of the data specified by DATa:SOUrce. Group Waveform Transfer Syntax DATa:ENCdg {ASCIi|RIBinary|RPBinary|FPBinary|SRIbinary|SRPbinary|SFPbinary} DATa:ENCdg? Related Commands WFMOutpre:ENCdg, WFMOutpre:BN_Fmt, WFMOutpre:BYT_Or MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-215...
  • Page 232 Table 2-44: DATa and WFMOutpre Parameter Settings WFMOutpre Settings DATa:ENCdg Setting :ENCdg :BN_Fmt :BYT_Or :BYT_NR 1,2,4,8 ASCii RIBinary 1,2,8 RPBinary 1,2,8 FPBinary SRIbinary 1,2,8 2-216 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 233 CH<x>_D<x> selects the specified supper channel group of digital channels. CH<x>_DAll selects digital waveforms as the source. The Digital data is DIGITALALL transferred as 16-bit data, with the least-significant bit representing D0, and the MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-217...
  • Page 234 This command sets or queries the starting data point for waveform transfer. This command allows for the transfer of partial waveforms to and from the instrument. Group Waveform Transfer Syntax DATa:STARt <NR1> DATa:STARt? Related Commands CURVe, DATa, DATa:STOP, , WFMOutpre:NR_Pt? 2-218 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 235 DATa:STARt and DATa:STOP are order independent. When DATa:STOP is less than DATa:STARt, the values will be swapped internally for the CURVE? query. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-219...
  • Page 236 DATA:WIDTH :DATA:WIDTH 1 point, for waveform data transferred bya the query is 1 byte. CURVE? DATE? (Query Only) This command queries the date that the instrument displays. Group Miscellaneous Syntax DATE? 2-220 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 237 (DESER). The DESER is the mask that determines whether events are reported to the Standard Event Status Register (SESR), and entered into the Event Queue. For a more detailed discussion of the use of these registers, see Registers. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-221...
  • Page 238 - run until a failure is found, then halt. Fail - run through one loop. Once - run forever. Always - run until a failure is found, then loop on it. Onfail - run n number of loops. Ntimes 2-222 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 239 DIAg:LOOP:STOP (No Query Form) Request that diagnostics stop looping. Group Self Test Syntax DIAg:LOOP:STOP Examples stops diagnostics looping. DIAG:LOOP:STOP DIAg:MODe This command sets or queries the diagnostics mode. Group Self Test Syntax DIAg:MODe {POST|EXTENDED|SERVICE} DIAg:MODe? MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-223...
  • Page 240 This query returns the status of the diagnostic test area that has been selected. Group Self Test Syntax DIAg:RESUlt:FLAg? Related Commands DIAg:RESUlt:FLAg? Returns The status of the diagnostics (single area). Examples might return DIAG:RESULT:FLAG? :DIAG:RESULT:FLAG "NOT RUN" indicating the diagnostics have not been run. 2-224 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 241 The argument is the desired diagnostic area. Examples will select the group. DIAG:SELECT IO DIAg:STATE (No Query Form) This command starts or aborts Self Test. Abort happens after group under test completes. Group Self Test Syntax DIAg:STATE {EXECute|ABOrt} MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-225...
  • Page 242 This command sets or queries the digital threshold of all bits on the specified digital channel group. The digital channel group is specified by <x>. Group Digital Syntax DIGGRP<x>:THReshold <NR3> DIGGRP<x>:THReshold? Arguments is the digital threshold of all bits on DCH<x>. <NR3> 2-226 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 243 :DISPLAY:SCREENTEXT:LABEL5:NAME "";XPOS 100;YPOS 343; :DISPLAY:SCREENTEXT:LABEL6:NAME "";XPOS 100;YPOS 80; :DISPLAY:SCREENTEXT:LABEL7:NAME "";XPOS 100;YPOS 95; :DISPLAY:SCREENTEXT:LABEL8:NAME "";XPOS 100;YPOS 110; :DISPLAY:WAVEFORM 1 DISplay:COLors Sets or queries the color mode for the graticule and waveform display. Group Display Control MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-227...
  • Page 244 ≠ 0 ) turns on the source in the waveform view. Setting this value false (Off or NR1 = 0 ) turns off the source in the waveform view. This command only works if the specified channel is added already. 2-228 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 245 = 0 disables the display of the specified math; any other value enables <NR1> display of the math. enables display of the specified math. disables display of the specified math. Examples displays math 1. DISplay:GLObal:MATH1:STATE 1 might return DISplay:GLObal:MATH1:STATE? indicating that math1 is displayed. :DISPLAY:GLOBAL:MATH1:STATE 1 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-229...
  • Page 246 Syntax DISplay:GLObal:REF<x>:STATE {<NR1>|OFF|ON} Arguments = 0 disables the display of the specified reference; any other value enables <NR1> display of the reference. enables display of the specified reference. disables display of the specified reference. 2-230 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 247 Display Control Syntax DISplay:INTENSITy:BACKLight {LOW|MEDium|HIGH} DISplay:INTENSITy:BACKLight? Arguments selects a low brightness level. selects a moderate brightness level. MEDium selects a full brightness level. HIGH Examples sets the display backlight to low DISPLAY:INTENSITY:BACKLIGHT LOW brightness level. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-231...
  • Page 248 10 minutes to a maximum of 1440 minutes (24 hours). The default is 10 minutes. Group Display Control Syntax DISplay:INTENSITy:BACKLight:AUTODim:TIMe <NR1> DISplay:INTENSITy:BACKLight:AUTODim:TIMe? Arguments is the amount of time, in minutes, to wait for no user interface activity <NR1> before automatically dimming the display. 2-232 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 249 :DISPLAY:MATHFFTVIEW1:AUTOSCALE 1 DISplay:MATHFFTView<x>:CURSor:ASOUrce? (Query Only) This command queries the cursor source for plot cursor A. Group Cursor Syntax DISplay:MATHFFTView<x>:CURSor:ASOUrce? Examples might return DISplay:MATHFFTView1:CURSor:ASOUrce? indicating the source :DISPLAY:MATHFFTVIEW1:CURSOR:ASOURCE MATH1 is MATH 1. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-233...
  • Page 250 This command sets or queries the cursor type of the specified cursor in the specified view. Group Cursor Syntax DISplay:MATHFFTView<x>:CURSor:FUNCtion {WAVEform|VBArs|HBArs|SCREEN} DISplay:MATHFFTView<x>:CURSor:FUNCtion? Arguments specifies to display the paired cursors in YT display format for WAVEFORM measuring waveform amplitude and time. Waveform cursors are attached to the waveform. 2-234 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 251 50 mV. might return DISplay:MATHFFTView1:CURSor:HBArs:APOSition? :DISPLAY:MATHFFTVIEW1:CURSOR:HBARS:APOSITION 9.91E+37 indicating the position is 9.91E+37. DISplay:MATHFFTView<x>:CURSor:HBArs:AUNIts? (Query Only) This command queries cursor A vertical units of the specified cursor in the specified view. Group Cursor Syntax DISplay:MATHFFTView<x>:CURSor:HBArs:AUNIts? MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-235...
  • Page 252 Cursor Syntax DISplay:MATHFFTView<x>:CURSor:HBArs:BUNIts? Examples might return DISplay:MATHFFTView1:CURSor:HBArs:BUNIts? indicating the DISPLAY:MATHFFTVIEW1:CURSOR:HBARS:BUNITS "dBm" cursor units are dBm. DISplay:MATHFFTView<x>:CURSor:HBArs:DELTa? (Query Only) This command queries the delta cursor readout value of the specified cursor in the specified view. 2-236 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 253 :DISPLAY:MATHFFTVIEW1:CURSOR:MODE INDEPENDENT the mode is set to independent. DISplay:MATHFFTView<x>:CURSor:ONEOVERDELTATVALUE? (Query Only) This command queries the one over delta f cursor readout value of the specified cursor in the specified view. Group Cursor Syntax DISplay:MATHFFTView<x>:CURSor:ONEOVERDELTATVALUE? MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-237...
  • Page 254 Group Cursor Syntax DISplay:MATHFFTView<x>:CURSor:SCREEN:AYPOSition <NR3> DISplay:MATHFFTView<x>:CURSor:SCREEN:AYPOSition? Arguments is the cursor A position of the specified cursor in the specified view. <NR3> Examples sets the DISplay:MATHFFTView1:CURSor:SCREEN:AYPOSition 1.0e0 cursor position to 1.0 dBm. 2-238 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 255 Group Cursor Syntax DISplay:MATHFFTView<x>:CURSor:SCREEN:BYPOSition <NR3> DISplay:MATHFFTView<x>:CURSor:SCREEN:BYPOSition? Arguments is the vertical cursor B position of the specified cursor in the specified view. <NR3> Examples sets the DISplay:MATHFFTView1:CURSor:SCREEN:BYPOSition -50.0e0 cursor position to -50.0. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-239...
  • Page 256 Group Cursor Syntax DISplay:MATHFFTView<x>:CURSor:VBArs:APOSition <NR3> DISplay:MATHFFTView<x>:CURSor:VBArs:APOSition? Arguments <NR3> is the horizontal cursor A position of the specified cursor in the specified view. Examples sets the DISplay:MATHFFTView1:CURSor:VBArs:APOSition 500.0e6 cursor position to 500 MHz. 2-240 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 257 This command queries the delta T cursor readout value of the specified cursor in the specified view. Group Cursor Syntax DISplay:MATHFFTView<x>:CURSor:VBArs:DELTa? Examples might return DISplay:MATHFFTView1:CURSor:VBArs:DELTa? :DISPLAY:MATHFFTVIEW1:CURSOR:VBARS:DELTA 1.9144661308840E+9 indicating the delta T cursor value is 1.9 GHz. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-241...
  • Page 258 Arguments is the waveform cursor A position in the specified plot view. <NR3> Examples sets the DISplay:MATHFFTView1:CURSor:WAVEform:APOSition 600.0e6 position to 600 MHz. might return DISplay:MATHFFTView1:CURSor:WAVEform:APOSition? :DISPLAY:MATHFFTVIEW1:CURSOR:WAVEFORM:APOSITION 625.000E+6 indicating the cursor position is 625 MHz. 2-242 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 259 This command sets or queries the grid lines setting of the plot. Group Display Control Syntax DISplay:MATHFFTView<x>:GRIDlines {HORizontal|VERTical|BOTH} DISplay:MATHFFTView<x>:GRIDlines? Arguments specifies horizontal grid lines. HORizontal specifies vertical grid lines. VERTical specifies both vertical and horizontal grid lines. BOTH MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-243...
  • Page 260 This command sets or queries the x-axis scale setting for FFT Math waveforms, either Linear or Log. Group Display Control Syntax DISplay:MATHFFTView<x>:XAXIS:SCALE {LINEAr|LOG} DISplay:MATHFFTView<x>:XAXIS:SCALE? Arguments specifies a linear scale. LINEAr specifies a logarithmic scale. 2-244 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 261 <NR3> Examples sets the x axis value of DISplay:MATHFFTView1:ZOOM:XAXIS:FROM 800.e6 the left edge of the plot view to 800 MHz. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-245...
  • Page 262 <NR3> Examples sets the bottom value DISplay:MATHFFTView1:ZOOM:YAXIS:FROM -75.0e0 of the y axis to -75 dBm. might return DISplay:MATHFFTView1:ZOOM:YAXIS:FROM? :DISPLAY:MATHFFTVIEW1:ZOOM:YAXIS:FROM -78.8258285893367 indicating the bottom value of the y axis is -78.8 dBm. 2-246 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 263 INFInite remain set until cleared by a mode change. sets a display mode where set pixels are gradually dimmed. VARPersist MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-247...
  • Page 264 This command sets or queries the enabled state of autoscale for plots. Group Display Control Syntax DISplay:PLOTView<x>:AUTOScale {OFF|ON|<NR1>} DISplay:PLOTView<x>:AUTOScale? Arguments disables the autoscale feature. enables the autoscale feature. = 0 disables the autoscale feature; any other value enables the autoscale <NR1> feature. 2-248 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 265 :DISPLAY:PLOTVIEW1:CURSOR:BSOURCE PLOT1 cursor source is plot 1. DISplay:PLOTView<x>:CURSor:DDT? (Query Only) This command returns the delta V over delta T cursor readout value of the specified cursor in the specified view. Group Cursor Syntax DISplay:PLOTView<x>:CURSor:DDT? MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-249...
  • Page 266 :DISPLAY:PLOTVIEW1:CURSOR:FUNCTION SCREEN both horizontal and vertical bar cursors are displayed. DISplay:PLOTView<x>:CURSor:HBArs:APOSition This command sets or queries the vertical cursor A position of the specified cursor in the specified view. Group Cursor Syntax DISplay:PLOTView<x>:CURSor:HBArs:APOSition <NR3> DISplay:PLOTView<x>:CURSor:HBArs:APOSition? 2-250 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 267 This command sets or queries the vertical cursor B position of the specified cursor in the specified view. Group Cursor Syntax DISplay:PLOTView<x>:CURSor:HBArs:BPOSition <NR3> DISplay:PLOTView<x>:CURSor:HBArs:BPOSition? Arguments is the HBArs vertical position. <NR3> Examples sets the cursor to DISplay:PLOTView<x>:CURSor:HBArs:BPOSition 2.0 2 Volts. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-251...
  • Page 268 This command queries the delta V cursor readout value of the specified cursor in the specified view. Group Cursor Syntax DISplay:PLOTView<x>:CURSor:HBArs:DELTa?? Returns Returns an that is the delta V cursor value. <NR3> Examples might return DISplay:PLOTView1:CURSor:HBArs:DELTa? indicating the delta :DISPLAY:PLOTVIEW1:CURSOR:HBARS:DELTA 1.2543 value is 1.2543 V. 2-252 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 269 T cursor readout value (it may not be <NR3> delta T, depending on the plot units). Examples might return DISplay:PLOTView<x>:CURSor:ONEOVERDELTATVALUE? :DISPLAY:PLOTVIEW1:CURSOR:ONEOVERDELTATVALUE 88.2295E+6 indicating the 1 over delta time value is 88.2295 MHz. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-253...
  • Page 270 Arguments is the vertical cursor A position. <NR3> Examples set the A cursor DISplay:PLOTView1:CURSor:SCREEN:AYPOSition 2.0 Y position to 2.0 Volts. might return DISplay:PLOTView1:CURSor:SCREEN:AYPOSition? indicating :DISPLAY:PLOTVIEW1:CURSOR:SCREEN:AYPOSITION 1.9035 the A cursor Y position is 1.9035 V. 2-254 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 271 DISplay:PLOTView1:CURSor:SCREEN:BYPOSition 0.589 Y position to 589 mV. might return DISplay:PLOTView1:CURSor:SCREEN:BYPOSition? :DISPLAY:PLOTVIEW1:CURSOR:SCREEN:BYPOSITION 589.0696E-3 indicating the B cursor Y position is 589.0696 mV. DISplay:PLOTView<x>:CURSor:SPLITMODE This command sets or queries the cursor source mode in the specified view. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-255...
  • Page 272 DISplay:PLOTView1:CURSor:STATE OFF might return DISplay:PLOTView5:CURSor:STATE? indicating cursors are on. :DISPLAY:PLOTVIEW5:CURSOR:STATE 1 DISplay:PLOTView<x>:CURSor:VBArs:APOSition This command sets or queries the vertical cursor A position of the specified cursor in the specified view. 2-256 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 273 :DISPLAY:PLOTVIEW1:CURSOR:VBARS:BPOSITION? :DISPLAY:PLOTVIEW1:CURSOR:VBARS:BPOSITION -60.0796E-9 indicating the is set to 60.08 ns. VBARS BPOSITION DISplay:PLOTView<x>:CURSor:VBArs:DELTa? (Query Only) This command queries the delta T cursor readout value of the specified cursor in the specified view. Group Cursor MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-257...
  • Page 274 In case of bathtub plot, this command sets or returns the cursor A vertical position. For all other plots, this command sets or returns the cursor A horizontal position. Group Cursor Syntax DISplay:PLOTView<x>:CURSor:WAVEform:APOSition <NR3> DISplay:PLOTView<x>:CURSor:WAVEform:APOSition? Arguments is the horizontal cursor A position. <NR3> 2-258 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 275 3.0 V. might return DISplay:PLOTView5:CURSor:WAVEform:BPOSition? :DISPLAY:PLOTVIEW5:CURSOR:WAVEFORM:BPOSITION 2.600517840 indicating the position is 2.5 V. DISplay:PLOTView<x>:GRIDlines This command sets or queries the Grid lines setting of the specified plot. Group Display Control Syntax DISplay:PLOTView<x>:GRIDlines {HORizontal|VERTical|BOTH} DISplay:PLOTView<x>:GRIDlines? MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-259...
  • Page 276 DISPLAY:PLOTVIEW1:XAXIS:SCALE? indicating plots will have :DISPLAY:PLOTVIEW1:XAXIS:SCALE LINEAR linear scales. DISPLAY:PLOTVIEW<x>:YAXIS:SCALE This command sets or queries the vertical scale setting for applicable plots, either Linear or Log. Group Display Syntax DISPLAY:PLOTVIEW<x>:YAXIS:SCALE {LINEAR|LOG} 2-260 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 277 1.9845 V. DISplay:PLOTView<x>:ZOOM:XAXIS:TO This command sets or queries the value of the right edge of the specified plot. Group Zoom Syntax DISplay:PLOTView<x>:ZOOM:XAXIS:TO <NR3> DISplay:PLOTView<x>:ZOOM:XAXIS:TO? Arguments is the end of the zoom x-axis. <NR3> MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-261...
  • Page 278 This command sets or queries the top value of the zoom y-axis in the specified plot view. Group Zoom Syntax DISplay:PLOTView<x>:ZOOM:YAXIS:TO <NR3> DISplay:PLOTView<x>:ZOOM:YAXIS:TO? Arguments is the top value of the zoom y-axis. <NR3> Examples sets the top value of the zoom DISplay:PLOTView1:ZOOM:YAXIS:TO 100 y-axis to 100. 2-262 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 279 This command returns the cursor source for plot cursor A Group Cursor Syntax DISplay:REFFFTView<x>:CURSor:ASOUrce? Returns Returns the cursor source for plot cursor A. Examples might return DISplay:REFFFTView5:CURSor:ASOUrce? indicating the A cursor :DISPLAY:REFFFTVIEW5:CURSOR:ASOURCE REF5 source is reference 5. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-263...
  • Page 280 V over :DISPLAY:REFFFTVIEW5:CURSOR:DDT 9.91E+37 delta T cursor readout value is 9.91E+37. DISplay:REFFFTView<x>:CURSor:FUNCtion This command sets or queries the cursor type of the specified cursor in the specified view. Group Cursor Syntax DISplay:REFFFTView<x>:CURSor:FUNCtion {WAVEform|VBArs|HBArs|SCREEN} 2-264 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 281 A position of the specified cursor in the specified view. <NR3> Examples sets the A cursor DISplay:REFFFTView5:CURSor:HBArs:APOSition -20 position to -20. might DISplay:REFFFTView5:CURSor:HBArs:APOSition? return :DISPLAY:REFFFTVIEW5:CURSOR:HBARS:APOSITION indicating the A cursor position is -14.48 dBm. -14.4762489421361 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-265...
  • Page 282 -90. might DISplay:REFFFTView5:CURSor:HBArs:BPOSition? return :DISPLAY:REFFFTVIEW5:CURSOR:HBARS:BPOSITION indicating the B cursor position is -100.6. -100.6262359333038 DISplay:REFFFTView<x>:CURSor:HBArs:BUNIts? (Query Only) This command returns the cursor B vertical units of the specified cursor in the specified view. 2-266 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 283 :DISPLAY:REFFFTVIEW5:CURSOR:HBARS:DELTA 59.9867396737569 indicating the delta V cursor readout value is 59.99. DISplay:REFFFTView<x>:CURSor:MODe This command sets or queries the cursor tracking mode of the specified cursor in the specified view. Group Cursor Syntax DISplay:REFFFTView<x>:CURSor:MODe {INDEPENDENT|TRACK} DISplay:REFFFTView<x>:CURSor:MODe? MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-267...
  • Page 284 This command sets or queries the horizontal cursor A position of the specified cursor in the specified view. Group Cursor Syntax DISplay:REFFFTView<x>:CURSor:SCREEN:AXPOSition <NR3> DISplay:REFFFTView<x>:CURSor:SCREEN:AXPOSition? Arguments is the horizontal cursor A position of the specified cursor in the specified <NR3> view. 2-268 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 285 This command sets or queries the horizontal cursor B position of the specified cursor in the specified view. Group Cursor Syntax DISplay:REFFFTView<x>:CURSor:SCREEN:BXPOSition <NR3> DISplay:REFFFTView<x>:CURSor:SCREEN:BXPOSition? Arguments is the horizontal cursor B position of the specified cursor in the specified <NR3> view. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-269...
  • Page 286 This command sets or queries whether both cursors have same or different source. Group Cursor Syntax DISplay:REFFFTView<x>:CURSor:SPLITMODE {SAME|SPLIT} DISplay:REFFFTView<x>:CURSor:SPLITMODE? Arguments specifies both cursors have the same sources. SAME specifies both cursors have different sources. SPLIT 2-270 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 287 This command sets or queries the horizontal cursor A position of the specified cursor in the specified view. Group Cursor Syntax DISplay:REFFFTView<x>:CURSor:VBArs:APOSition <NR3> DISplay:REFFFTView<x>:CURSor:VBArs:APOSition? Arguments is the horizontal cursor A position of the specified cursor in the specified <NR3> view. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-271...
  • Page 288 This command returns the delta T cursor readout value of the specified cursor in the specified view. Group Cursor Syntax DISplay:REFFFTView<x>:CURSor:VBArs:DELTa? Returns Returns the delta T cursor readout value of the specified cursor in the specified view. 2-272 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 289 In case of an XY plot, this command has no effect when used to set the value. In the case of a bathtub plot, this command sets or queries the cursor A vertical position. For all other plots, this command sets or queries the cursor A horizontal position. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-273...
  • Page 290 :DISplay:REFFFTView1:CURSor:WAVEform:AVPOSition 1.605E+0 indicating the cursor vertical position is 1.6 dBm. DISplay:REFFFTView<x>:CURSor:WAVEform:BHPOSition? (Query Only) This query-only command returns the value of the cursor B horizontal position. Group Cursor Syntax DISplay:REFFFTView<x>:CURSor:WAVEform:BHPOSition? Examples might return DISplay:REFFFTView<x>:CURSor:WAVEform:BHPOSition? :DISPLAY:REFFFTVIEW1:CURSOR:WAVEFORM:BHPOSITION 9.91E+37 2-274 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 291 This query-only command returns the value of the cursor B vertical position. Group Cursor Syntax DISplay:REFFFTView<x>:CURSor:WAVEform:BVPOSition? Examples might DISplay:REFFFTView1:CURSor:WAVEform:BVPOSition? return :DISplay:REFFFTView<x>:CURSor:WAVEform:BVPOSition indicating the cursor vertical position is -119.9 dBm.. -119.866E+0 DISplay:REFFFTView<x>:GRIDlines This command sets or returns the grid lines setting of the plot. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-275...
  • Page 292 Examples turns display of the reference off. DISplay:REFFFTView5:REF:REF5:STATE 0 might return DISplay:REFFFTView5:REF:REF5:STATE? indicating the :DISPLAY:REFFFTVIEW5:REF:REF5:STATE 1 reference is displayed. DISplay:REFFFTView<x>:XAXIS:SCALE This command sets or queries the x-axis scale setting for Ref FFT. 2-276 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 293 DISplay:REFFFTView5:ZOOM:XAXIS:FROM? :DISPLAY:REFFFTVIEW5:ZOOM:XAXIS:FROM 1.3295739742362E+6 indicating the left edge of the specified view is 1.33 MHz. DISplay:REFFFTView<x>:ZOOM:XAXIS:TO This command sets or queries the right edge of the zoom x-axis in the specified plot view. Group Zoom MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-277...
  • Page 294 -129.8 dBm. DISplay:REFFFTView<x>:ZOOM:YAXIS:TO This command sets or queries the top value of the zoom y-axis in the specified plot view. Group Zoom Syntax DISplay:REFFFTView<x>:ZOOM:YAXIS:TO <NR3> DISplay:REFFFTView<x>:ZOOM:YAXIS:TO? 2-278 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 295 When multiple Math are open, querying the command gives the correct result, but the required Math cannot be set. Group Display Control Syntax DISplay:SELect:MATH MATH<x> DISplay:SELect:MATH? Arguments is the selected math. MATH<x> MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-279...
  • Page 296 Group Display Control Syntax DISplay:SELect:SOUrce {NONE|CH<x>|BUS<x>|MATH<x>|PLOT<x>|REF<x>} Arguments Arguments are the selected source. Examples selects Bus1 as the selected source. DISplay:SELect:SOUrce Bus1 might return DISplay:SELect:SOUrce? :DISPLAY:SELECT:SOURCE MATH1 indicating Math 1 is the selected source. 2-280 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 297 DISplay:SELect:WAVEView1:SOUrce? indicating is the :DISPLAY:SELECT:WAVEVIEW1:SOURCE CH2 selected source. DISplay:VARpersist This command sets or queries display persistence decay time, which is the approximate decay time for a freshly struck persistence sample. Group Display Control MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-281...
  • Page 298 DISplay:WAVEView1:BUS:B1:STATE? indicating the specified bus is on. :DISPLAY:WAVEVIEW1:BUS:B1:STATE 1 DISplay:WAVEView<x>:BUS:B<x>:VERTical:POSition Sets or queries the vertical position of the specified bus in the specified waveview. NOTE. is the specified waveview and must be WAVEView<x> WAVEView1 2-282 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 299 Examples turns on channel 1. DISplay:WAVEView1:CH1:STATE ON might return DISplay:WAVEView1:CH1:STATE? indicating channel 1 is off. :DISPLAY:WAVEVIEW1:CH1:STATE 0 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-283...
  • Page 300 WAVEView<x> WAVEView1 Group Display Control Syntax DISplay:WAVEView<x>:CH<x>:VERTical:SCAle <NR3> DISplay:WAVEView<x>:CH<x>:VERTical:SCAle? Arguments is the vertical scale of the specified channel. <NR3> Examples sets the vertical scale to DISplay:WAVEView1:CH1:VERTical:SCAle 2.0e2 200 mV per division. 2-284 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 301 The position ranges from 5.0 to -5.0 divisions. Group Display Control Syntax DISplay:WAVEView<x>:CH<x>_DALL:VERTical:POSition <NR3> DISplay:WAVEView<x>:CH<x>_DALL:VERTical:POSition? Arguments is the vertical position of the specified digital channel in the specified <NR3> waveview in divisions. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-285...
  • Page 302 :DISPLAY:WAVEVIEW1:CH1_D1:STATE 1 channel is on. DISplay:WAVEView<x>:CURSor? (Query Only) This query returns the cursor parameters for the specified waveview. NOTE. is the specified waveview and must be WAVEView<x> WAVEView1 Group Cursor Syntax DISplay:WAVEView<x>:CURSor? 2-286 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 303 Returns Returns the cursor parameters for the specified cursor in the specified waveview. Examples DISplay:WAVEView1:CURSor:CURSOR1? might return :DISPLAY:WAVEVIEW1:CURSOR:CURSOR:WAVEFORM:BPOSITION 5.0E-6;APOSITION -5.0E-6;:DISPLAY:WAVEVIEW1:CURSOR:CURSOR:BSOURCE AU TO;HBARS:BPOSITION 9.91E+37;BUNITS "V";AUNITS "V";APOSITION 9.91E+37;DELTA 9.91E+37;:DISPLAY:WAVEVIEW1:CURSOR:CURSOR:VBA RS:BPOSITION 5.0E-6;APOSITION -5.0E-6;UNITS "s";DELTA 10.0E-6;ALTERNATEB "???? ????";ALTERNATEA MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-287...
  • Page 304 This command sets or queries the cursor B source of the specified cursor in the specified waveview. NOTE. is the specified waveview and must be WAVEView<x> WAVEView1 is the specified cursor and must be Cursor<x> CURSOR1 Group Cursor 2-288 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 305 This command sets or queries the cursor type of the specified cursor in the specified waveview. NOTE. is the specified waveview and must be WAVEView<x> WAVEView1 is the specified cursor and must be Cursor<x> CURSOR1 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-289...
  • Page 306 DISplay:WAVEView<x>:CURSor:CURSOR<x>:HBArs:APOSition <NR3> DISplay:WAVEView<x>:CURSor:CURSOR<x>:HBArs:APOSition? Arguments is the vertical cursor A position of the specified cursor in the specified <NR3> waveview. 0.0 divisions is center, 5.0 top of the waveview, and -5.0 the bottom of the waveview. 2-290 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 307 Queries the HBARs vertical B position of the specified cursor in the specified waveview. NOTE. is the specified waveview and must be WAVEView<x> WAVEView1 is the specified cursor and must be Cursor<x> CURSOR1 Group Cursor Syntax DISplay:WAVEView<x>:CURSor:CURSOR<x>:HBArs:BPOSition <NR3> DISplay:WAVEView<x>:CURSor:CURSOR<x>:HBArs:BPOSition? MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-291...
  • Page 308 This command queries the delta V cursor readout value of the specified cursor in the specified waveview. NOTE. is the specified waveview and must be WAVEView<x> WAVEView1 is the specified cursor and must be Cursor<x> CURSOR1 Group Cursor 2-292 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 309 DISPLAY:WAVEVIEW1:CURSOR:CURSOR1:MODE? , indicating that the DISPLAY:WAVEVIEW1:CURSOR:CURSOR1:MODE TRACK two cursors move in unison. DISplay:WAVEView<x>:CURSor:CURSOR<x>:ONEOVERDELTATVALUE? (Query Only) This query returns the one over delta T cursor readout value of the specified cursor in the specified waveview. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-293...
  • Page 310 15 mV. might DISPLAY:WAVEVIEW1:CURSOR:CURSOR1:SCREEN:AXPOSITION? return : DISPLAY:WAVEVIEW1:CURSOR:CURSOR1:SCREEN:AXPOSITION -64.0000E-03 indicating that x position of the specified screen cursor in the specified waveview is set to -64 mV. 2-294 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 311 WAVEView<x> WAVEView1 is the specified cursor and must be Cursor<x> CURSOR1 Group Cursor Syntax DISplay:WAVEView<x>:CURSor:CURSOR<x>:SCREEN:BXPOSition <NR3> DISplay:WAVEView<x>:CURSor:CURSOR<x>:SCREEN:BXPOSition? Arguments is the horizontal cursor B position of the specified cursor in the specified <NR3> waveview. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-295...
  • Page 312 DISplay:WAVEView<x>:CURSor:CURSOR<x>:SPLITMODE This command sets or queries whether both cursors have the same or different sources. NOTE. is the specified waveview and must be WAVEView<x> WAVEView1 is the specified cursor and must be Cursor<x> CURSOR1 2-296 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 313 Examples turns the specified DISplay:WAVEView1:CURSor:CURSOR1:STATE OFF cursor off. might return DISplay:WAVEView1:CURSor:CURSOR1:STATE? indicating the specified :DISPLAY:WAVEVIEW1:CURSOR:CURSOR1:STATE 1 cursor in the specified waveview is on. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-297...
  • Page 314 WAVEView<x> WAVEView1 is the specified cursor and must be Cursor<x> CURSOR1 Group Cursor Syntax DISplay:WAVEView<x>:CURSor:CURSOR<x>:VBArs:BPOSition <NR3> DISplay:WAVEView<x>:CURSor:CURSOR<x>:VBArs:BPOSition? Arguments is the horizontal cursor B position of the specified cursor in the specified <NR3> waveview. 2-298 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 315 WAVEView<x> WAVEView1 is the specified cursor and must be Cursor<x> CURSOR1 Group Cursor Syntax DISplay:WAVEView<x>:CURSor:CURSOR<x>:VBArs:UNIts? Returns The cursor A vertical units of the specified cursor in the specified waveview. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-299...
  • Page 316 This command sets or queries the horizontal cursor B position of the specified cursor in the specified waveview. NOTE. is the specified waveview and must be WAVEView<x> WAVEView1 is the specified cursor and must be Cursor<x> CURSOR1 Group Cursor Syntax DISplay:WAVEView<x>:CURSor:CURSOR<x>:WAVEform:BPOSition <NR3> 2-300 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 317 , indicating that straight-line interpolation is specified for magnifying LINEAR waveforms. DISplay:WAVEView<x>:GRAticule This command selects or queries the type of graticule that is displayed. NOTE. is the specified waveview and must be WAVEView<x> WAVEView1 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-301...
  • Page 318 <NR2> Examples sets the saturation level DISplay:WAVEView1:INTENSITy:GRATicule 75 to 75%. might return DISplay:WAVEView1:INTENSITy:GRATicule? indicating the :DISPLAY:WAVEVIEW1:INTENSITY:GRATICULE 66.0000 saturation level is at 66%. DISplay:WAVEView<x>:INTENSITy:WAVEform This command sets or queries the waveform saturation level. 2-302 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 319 Examples enables the autoscaling the DISplay:WAVEView1:MATH:MATH3:AUTOScale 1 math in the specified waveview. might return DISplay:WAVEView1:MATH:MATH3:AUTOScale? indicating that Math :DISPLAY:WAVEVIEW1:MATH:MATH3:AUTOSCALE 0 3 will not auto-scale. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-303...
  • Page 320 NOTE. is the specified waveview and must be WAVEView<x> WAVEView1 Group Display Control Syntax DISplay:WAVEView<x>:MATH:MATH<x>:VERTical:POSition <NR3> DISplay:WAVEView<x>:MATH:MATH<x>:VERTical:POSition? Arguments is the vertical position in divisions of the specified math waveform. <NR3> 2-304 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 321 Group Display Control Syntax DISplay:WAVEView<x>:PLOT:PLOT<x>:AUTOScale {<NR1>|OFF|ON} DISplay:WAVEView<x>:PLOT:PLOT<x>:AUTOScale? Arguments = 0 disables auto-scaling the specified plot in the specified waveview; <NR1> any other value turns this feature on. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-305...
  • Page 322 :DISPLAY:WAVEVIEW1:PLOT:PLOT1:STATE 1 specified plot in the specified waveview is on. DISplay:WAVEView<x>:PLOT:PLOT<x>:VERTical:POSition This command sets or queries the vertical position of the specified time trend in the specified waveview in absolute units. Group Display Control 2-306 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 323 730.0 mUnits. DISplay:WAVEView<x>:REF:REF<x>:STATE This command sets or queries the state of the specified reference waveform in the specified waveview. NOTE. is the specified waveview and must be WAVEView<x> WAVEView1 Group Display Control MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-307...
  • Page 324 DISplay:WAVEView1:REF:REF1:VERTical:POSition? :DISPLAY:WAVEVIEW1:REF:REF1:VERTICAL:POSITION -2.6400 indicating the position is set to -2.64 divisions. DISplay:WAVEView<x>:REF:REF<x>:VERTical:SCAle This command sets or queries the vertical scale of the specified reference in volts per div within the specified waveview. 2-308 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 325 DISplay:WAVEView1:STYle VECTORS data points. might return DISplay:WAVEView1:STYle? :DISplay:WAVEView1:STYle , indicating that data points are not connected. DOTs DISplay:WAVEView<x>:VIEWStyle The command sets or queries the waveform layout style used by the display. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-309...
  • Page 326 WAVEView<x> WAVEView1 Group Zoom Syntax DISplay:WAVEView<x>:Zoom? Returns Returns the zoom parameters of the specified waveview. Examples might return DISplay:WAVEView1:Zoom? :DISPLAY:WAVEVIEW1:ZOOM:ZOOM1:HORIZONTAL:SCALE 2.5000;POSITION 70.0000;WINSCALE 400.0000E-9;:DISPLAY:WAVEVIEW1:ZOOM:ZOOM 1:VERTICAL:SCALE 3.8000;POSITION 2.5951;:DISPLAY:WAVEVIEW1:ZOOM:ZOOM1:STATE 0 2-310 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 327 -2.5 s, the lower bound of the acquisition span. NOTE. is the specified waveview and must be WAVEView<x> WAVEView1 is the specified zoom and must be ZOOM<x> ZOOM1 Group Zoom MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-311...
  • Page 328 Examples sets the horizontal DISplay:WAVEView1:ZOOM:ZOOM1:HORizontal:SCALe 5 zoom factor of zoom1 in waveview1 to 5x. might return DISplay:WAVEView1:ZOOM:ZOOM1:HORizontal:SCALe? , indicating that :DISplay:WAVEView1:ZOOM:ZOOM1:HORizontal:SCALe 10 the zoom factor of waveview1 is set to 10x. 2-312 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 329 ZOOM<x> ZOOM1 Group Zoom Syntax DISplay:WAVEView<x>:ZOOM:ZOOM<x>:STATe {ON|OFF|<NR1>} DISplay:WAVEView<x>:ZOOM:ZOOM<x>:STATe? Arguments turns the specified zoom on. turns specified zoom off. = 0 disables the specified zoom; any other value enables the specified <NR1> zoom. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-313...
  • Page 330 23.9, where the vertical zoom factor is 10x, top of screen is -50 and bottom if +50, and 0 is the vertical center. DISplay:WAVEView<x>:ZOOM:ZOOM<x>:VERTical:SCALe This command sets or queries the vertical zoom factor of the specified zoom in the specified waveview. 2-314 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 331 Examples might return DISplay:WAVEView1:REF:REF2:FRAMe? , indicating the selected :DISPLAY:WAVEVIEW1:REF:REF2:FRAME 1 frame is 1. DISplay:WAVEView<y>:REF<x>_DALL:FRAMe This command sets or returns the selected frame of the specified digital ref. Each ref has a unique selected frame. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-315...
  • Page 332 Sets (or queries) the autorange state for the Digital Voltmeter. NOTE. the DVM will not autorange as long as the DVM source is the same channel as the trigger source. Group Syntax DVM:AUTORange {0|1|OFF|ON} DVM:AUTORange? 2-316 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 333 5 seconds. Conditions Requires DVM option. Group Syntax DVM:MEASUrement:HIStory:AVErage? Examples might return DVM:MEASU:HIS:AVE? :DVM:MEASUREMENT:HISTORY:AVERAGE which represents the average DVM readout value over the history 429.3000E-3 period in volts. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-317...
  • Page 334 DVM function over the history period in volts. DVM:MEASUrement:INFMAXimum? (Query Only) Returns the maximum DVM readout value over the entire time that the DVM has been on since the last change using the DVM:MODe DVM:SOUrce commands RESET Conditions Requires DVM option. 2-318 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 335 DVM:MODe DVM:SOUrce commands or DVM RESET DVM:MEASUrement:VALue? (Query Only) Returns the DVM readout value (the largest displayed value at the top of the DVM screen). Conditions Requires DVM option. Group Syntax DVM:MEASUrement:VALue? MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-319...
  • Page 336 ACRMS. DVM:SOUrce This command sets (or queries) the source for the DVM. Conditions Requires DVM option. Group Syntax DVM:SOUrce {CH<x>} DVM:SOUrce? Arguments specify which channel to use as the source for the DVM. CH<x> 2-320 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 337 <NR1> from 0 through 255. The power-on default for the ESER is 0 if *PSC is 1. If *PSC is 0, the ESER maintains the previous power cycle value through the current power cycle. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-321...
  • Page 338 IP address (that is OFF). Group Ethernet Syntax ETHERnet:DHCPbootp {ON|OFF} ETHERnet:DHCPbootp? Arguments enables the oscilloscope to search the network for a DHCP server in order to automatically assign a dynamic IP address to the oscilloscope. 2-322 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 339 This command specifies the network domain name. Group Ethernet Syntax ETHERnet:DOMAINname <QString> ETHERnet:DOMAINname? Arguments is the network domain name, enclosed in quotes. <QString> Examples sets the domain name that ETHERNET:DOMAINNAME "Alpha1.Mycorp.com" the oscilloscope uses to communicate with the network. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-323...
  • Page 340 IP address value, enclosed in quotes. <QString> Examples sets the gateway IP ETHERNET:GATEWAY:IPADDRESS "128.143.16.1" address. ETHERnet:IPADDress This command sets the IP address assigned to the oscilloscope. Group Ethernet Syntax ETHERnet:IPADDress <QString> ETHERnet:IPADDress? 2-324 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 341 Syntax ETHERnet:LXI:LAN:SERVICENAMe QString ETHERnet:LXI:LAN:SERVICENAMe? Arguments QString is a quoted string of up to 64 characters that specifies the mDNS service name used for the LXI interface. Examples might return "Tektronix Oscilloscope ETHERnet:LXI:LAN:SERVICENAMe? MSO5 053CVV" MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-325...
  • Page 342 Syntax ETHERnet:NAME <QString> ETHERnet:NAME? Arguments is the network name assigned to the oscilloscope, enclosed in quotes. <QString> Examples "labscope1" sets the oscilloscope's network name. ETHERNET:NAME ETHERnet:NETWORKCONFig This command specifies the Ethernet network configuration setting. 2-326 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 343 Group Ethernet Syntax ETHERnet:PING EXECute Examples EXECute causes the oscilloscope to ping the gateway IP ETHERNET:PING address. ETHERnet:PING:STATus? (Query Only) Returns the results of sending the ETHERnet:PING command to ping the gateway IP address. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-327...
  • Page 344 This query-only command returns an event code from the Event Queue that provides information about the results of the last *ESR? read. also EVENT? removes the returned value from the Event Queue. Group Status and Error 2-328 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 345 This query-only command returns the number of events that are enabled in the queue. This is useful when using the ALLEv? query, since it lets you know exactly how many events will be returned. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-329...
  • Page 346 *PSC 1 (Power-on Status Clear Flag) Deletes all defined aliases. Enables command headers (:HEADer 1). Group Save and Recall Syntax FACtory Related Commands *PSC, RECAll:SETUp, *RST Arguments None Examples resets the instrument to its factory default settings. FACTORY 2-330 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 347 file name. is a quoted string that defines the file name and <destination file path> path. If the file path is within the current working directory, you need only specify the file name. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-331...
  • Page 348 Once removed, the data in that file or directory can no longer be accessed. If the specified file is a directory, it must be empty before it can be deleted. Group File System 2-332 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 349 Syntax FILESystem:DIR? Related Commands FILESystem:CWD, FILESystem:MKDir Arguments None Examples might return :FILESYSTEM:DIR FILESYSTEM:DIR? "161012_132039_000.wfm","161012_132039_001.wfm","161220_191452.png" ,"161220_191554.csv","170320_132925_0 00.wfm","170320_132929_000.set", "Ch2-Ch3_000.set","E:","F:","G:","H:","I:","J:","RGJtest_000.set", "RgjSetupRuntTrig4chnl s_000.set","RgjSetup_000.set","ScrnShot1jeh2_000.wfm","ScrnShot1jeh_000.wfm", "ScrnShot_000.png","ScrnShot_000.wfm","Scrn _000.set","Scrn_001.set","Scrn_002.set","Scrn_003.set","Scrn_004.set", "Wfm_000.wfm","Wfm_001.wfm","Wfm_002.wfm","Wfm_003 .wfm","Wfm_004.wfm","Wfm_005.wfm","Wfm_006.wfm","digChans_000.wfm". FILESystem:HOMEDir? (Query Only) This query returns the current user's home directory. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-333...
  • Page 350 FILESystem:CWDcommand. Examples might return "tek0000CH1.isf;FILE;20342;2009-05-21;13: FILESYSTEM:LDIR? 58:24", "TEMP;DIR;4096;2009-09-15;06:20:44". FILESystem:MKDir (No Query Form) This command (no query form) creates a new directory. Group File System Syntax FILESystem:MKDir <directory path> Related Commands FILESystem:CWD, FILESystem:DIR? 2-334 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 351 file to the current interface. FILESystem:REName (No Query Form) This command (no query form) assigns a new name to an existing file or folder. Group File System Syntax FILESystem:REName <old file path>,<new file path> Related Commands FILESystem:CWD MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-335...
  • Page 352 Examples removes the directory named FILESYSTEM:RMDIR "E:/OldDirectory" OldDirectory from the root of the E drive. FILESystem:UNMOUNT:DRIve (No Query Form) This command unmounts the USB drive specified by the quoted string argument. Group File System 2-336 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 353 This command is used to emulate a button press. When used with knob enumerations, this command pushes the knob. Use the FPAnel:TURN command to emulate knob turns. Group Miscellaneous Syntax FPAnel:PRESS {AUTOset|BUS|CH1<x>|CLEAR|CURsor|DEFaultsetup| FASTAcq|FORCetrig|GPKNOB1|GPKNOB2|HIGHRES|HORZPOS|HORZScale| MATh|NEXt|PREv|REF |RUNSTop|SETTO50|SINGleseq|TOUCHSCReen| TRIGMode|TRIGSlope|USER|VERTPOS|VERTSCALE|ZOOM} MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-337...
  • Page 354 (those starting with an asterisk); these commands never return headers. . Whether the long or short form of header keywords and enumerations are returned is dependent upon the state of :VERBose. Group Miscellaneous Syntax HEADer {<NR1>|OFF|ON} HEADer? 2-338 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 355 :VERBose OFF :HEADer OFF :ACQuire:MODe? return: HORizontal? (Query Only) Queries the current horizontal settings. Group Horizontal Syntax HORizontal? Examples might return HORIZONTAL? :HORIZONTAL:SAMPLERATE 6.2500E+9;SAMPLERATE:ANALYZEMODE:MINIMUM:VALUE AUTOMATIC;OVERRIDE 1;:HORIZONTAL:MODE AUTO;MODE:AUTOMATIC:FASTACQ:RECORDLENGTH:MAXIMUM:ZOOMOVERRIDE 1;VALUE 1250;:HORIZONTAL:MODE:MANUAL:CONFIGURE HORIZONTALSCALE;:HORIZONTAL:MAIN:UNITS S;:HORIZONTAL:DIVISIONS 10;RECORDLENGTH 62500;DELAY:TIME MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-339...
  • Page 356 = 0 sets the Horizontal Delay Mode to off; any other value sets this mode <NR1> to on. Examples sets the Horizontal Delay Mode to off, allowing HORIZONTAL:DELAY:MODE OFF the horizontal position command to operate like the HORIZONTAL POSITION knob on the front panel. 2-340 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 357 This query-only command returns the number of graticule divisions. Group Horizontal Syntax HORizontal:DIVisions? Examples might return HORIZONTAL:DIVISIONS? :HORIZONTAL:DIVISIONS 10.0000 indicating that the waveform is displayed across ten divisions. HORizontal:FASTframe? (Query Only) This query returns all information under horizontal:fastframe. Group Horizontal MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-341...
  • Page 358 10. HORizontal:FASTframe:MAXFRames? (Query Only) This query returns the maximum number of frames. Group Horizontal Syntax HORizontal:FASTframe:MAXFRames? Examples might return HORIZONTAL:FASTFRAME:MAXFRAMES? , indicating the maximum number :HORIZONTAL:FASTFRAME:MAXFRAMES 2 of frames is 2. 2-342 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 359 <NR1> Examples might return HORIZONTAL:FASTFRAME:REF:FRAME? , indicating the reference frame :HORIZONTAL:FASTFRAME:REF:FRAME 1 number is 1. HORizontal:FASTframe:REF:INCLUde This command sets or returns whether the reference frame delta information is shown in the display. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-343...
  • Page 360 Sample mode. If FastFrame is turned on while in one of those acquisition modes, the acquisition mode is changed to Sample. Group Horizontal Syntax HORizontal:FASTframe:STATE {<NR1>|OFF|ON} HORizontal:FASTframe:STATE? 2-344 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 361 Average. When in Peak Detect mode, the summary frame type is set to Envelope. When in High Res mode, the summary frame type is set to Average. Group Horizontal MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-345...
  • Page 362 , indicating the only time 31.12.1969.16:00:00.000000000000" HORizontal:FASTframe:TIMEStamp:DELTa? (Query Only) This query returns the time difference between the Selected and Reference time-stamps. Group Horizontal Syntax HORizontal:FASTframe:TIMEStamp:DELTa? Returns Return value is in seconds and fraction of a second. 2-346 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 363 (designated by PT_OFF) and the occurrence of the actual trigger for the waveform specified by the DATa:SOUrce command for all frames. This value is in units of WFMOutpre:XUNit. The format is a string of the form (frame #:zxero, frame #:xzero, and so on). Group Horizontal MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-347...
  • Page 364 (designated by PT_OFF) and the occurrence of the actual trigger for the waveform specified by the DATa:SOUrce command for the selected frame. This value is in units of WFMOutpre:XUNit. Group Horizontal Syntax HORizontal:FASTframe:XZEro:SELECTED? Examples might return HORIZONTAL:FASTFRAME:XZERO:SELECTED? indicating the sub-sample :HORIZONTAL:FASTFRAME:XZERO:SELECTED 1.0 time is 1.0. 2-348 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 365 Examples sets the horizontal mode to auto. HORIZONTAL:MODE AUTO might return , indicating that HORIZONTAL:MODE? :HORIZONTAL:MODE MANUAL the horizontal mode is manual. HORizontal:MODe:AUTOmatic:FASTAcq:RECOrdlength:MAXimum:VALue Sets or queries the horizontal FastAcq maximum record length. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-349...
  • Page 366 Examples HORIZONTAL:MODE:AUTOMATIC:FASTACQ:RECORDLENGTH:MAXIMUM: does not allow override of the horizontal FastAcq maximum ZOOMOVERRIDE 0 record length. HORIZONTAL:MODE:AUTOMATIC:FASTACQ: might return RECORDLENGTH:MAXIMUM:ZOOMOVERRIDE? :HORIZONTAL:MODE:AUTOMATIC:FASTACQ:RECORDLENGTH: indicating that override of the horizontal FastAcq MAXIMUM:ZOOMOVERRIDE 1 maximum record length is allowed. 2-350 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 367 Automatic mode. Examples sets the record length to HORIZONTAL:MODE:RECORDLENGTH 1000 1000 samples. might return HORIZONTAL:MODE:RECORDLENGTH? , indicating that the record :HORIZONTAL:MODE:RECORDLENGTH 1000000 length is set to 1,000,000 samples MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-351...
  • Page 368 When Horizontal Delay Mode is turned off, this command is equivalent to adjusting the HORIZONTAL POSITION knob on the front panel. When Horizontal Delay Mode is turned on, the horizontal position is forced to 50%. 2-352 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 369 HORizontal:RECOrdlength This command sets or queries the horizontal record length. To change the record length the Horizontal Mode must be set to Manual. Group Horizontal Syntax HORizontal:RECOrdlength <NR1> HORizontal:RECOrdlength? MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-353...
  • Page 370 <NR3> Examples sets the sample rate to 1 million samples per HORIZONTAL:SAMPLERATE 1e6 second. might return HORIZONTAL:SAMPLERATE? :HORIZONTAL:SAMPLERATE , indicating that the sample rate is set to 5 million samples per second. 5.0000E+6 2-354 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 371 Sets or queries the minimum sample rate used by Analysis Automatic horizontal mode. Group Horizontal Syntax HORizontal:SAMPLERate:ANALYZemode:MINimum:VALue {AUTOmatic|<NR3>} HORizontal:SAMPLERate:ANALYZemode:MINimum:VALue? Related Commands Arguments allows the oscilloscope to set the minimum value. AUTOmatic is the minimum sample rate. <NR3> MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-355...
  • Page 372 This query-only command returns identifying information about the instrument and related firmware similar to that returned by the *IDN? IEEE488.2 common query but does not include the instrument serial number. Group Miscellaneous Syntax Related Commands *IDN? 2-356 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 373 The exit-license is returned as block-data. Examples uninstalls the given license and returns LIC:UNINSTALL? “LIC5-SRAERO” the license block data. uninstalls the license with the given LIC:UNINSTALL? “569765772” transaction ID and returns the license block data. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-357...
  • Page 374 “1” because the app is active LIC:APPID? “AFG” LICense:COUNt? (Query Only) This query returns a count of the number of active licenses installed. Group Miscellaneous Syntax LICense:COUNt? 2-358 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 375 LICENSE:HID? :LICENSE:HID "TMS-9CS4US5SGJN6X" LICense:INSTall (No Query Form) This command accepts a <block data> license and installs it on the instrument. Restarting the instrument may be necessary to fully activate the additional capabilities. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-359...
  • Page 376 This query returns the active license nomenclatures as a comma-separated list of strings. Duplicate nomenclatures, that is, the same license but with different expiration dates, are included. Group Miscellaneous Syntax LICense:LIST? Returns The active license nomenclatures as a comma-separated list of strings. 2-360 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 377 For example, to set the trigger level to 50%, you could . To force a trigger, you could use TRIGger:A SETLevel TRIGger FORCe Group Miscellaneous MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-361...
  • Page 378 Related Commands SET? Examples might return the following response: *LRN? *RST;:PARAMBATCHING 0;:HEADER 1;:VERBOSE 1;:ALIAS:STATE 0;:ACQUIRE:STATE 1;:ACQUIRE:NUMENV INFINITE;:FASTACQ:STATE 0;:FASTACQ:PALETTE TEMPERATURE;:HORIZONTAL:SAMPLERATE:ANALYZEMODE:MINIMUM:VALUE AUTOMATIC;:SELECT:CH1 1;:SELECT:CH2 0;:SELECT:CH3 0;:SELECT:CH4 0;:SELECT:CH5 0;:SELECT:CH6 0;:SELECT:CH7 0;:SELECT:CH8 0;:CH1:BANDWIDTH 250.0000E+6;:CH2:BANDWIDTH 500.0000E+6;:CH3:BANDWIDTH 500.0000E+6;:CH4:BANDWIDTH 500.0000E+6;:CH5:BANDWIDTH 500.0000E+6;:CH6:BANDWIDTH 500.0000E+6;:CH7:BANDWIDTH 120.0000E+6;:CH8:BANDWIDTH 2-362 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 379 The <QString> argument is of the form " ”, where is ≥1. MATH<NR1> <NR1> Examples adds MATH2. MATH:ADDNEW "MATH2" MATH:DELete (No Query Form) This command deletes the specified math. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-363...
  • Page 380 This command sets or queries the math average mode flag. If the flag is set to 1, math averaging is turned on. The math waveform is specified by x. Group Math Syntax MATH:MATH<x>:AVG:MODE {<NR1>|OFF|ON} Related Commands MATH:MATH<x>:AVG:WEIGht 2-364 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 381 Channel 1 with no mathematical computation. Math expressions can also be complex, consisting of 100 plus characters and comprising many sources (including other math waveforms), functions, and operands. As an example, you can enter the expression Log(Ch1+Ch2), which MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-365...
  • Page 382 MATH:MATH<x>:FUNCtion {ADD|SUBtract|MULTiply|DIVide} Arguments ADD sets the basic math function to add. SUBtract sets the basic math function to subtract. MULTiply sets the basic math function to multiply. DIVide sets the basic math function to divide. 2-366 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 383 Group Math Syntax MATH:MATH<x>:LABel:COLor <QString> Arguments > is the color of the label. To return the color to the default color, send <QString an empty string as in this example: :MATH:MATH1:LABEL:COLOR "" MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-367...
  • Page 384 This command sets or queries italic state of the specified math label. The math waveform is specified by x. Group Math Syntax MATH:MATH<x>:LABel:FONT:ITALic {<NR1>|OFF|ON} Arguments = 0 turns off italic, and any other integer turns on italic. <NR1> turns off italic. turns on italic. 2-368 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 385 <QString> Examples "Serif" sets the math 2 label font type to Serif. MATH:MATH2:LABEL:FONT:TYPE might return MATH:MATH3:LABEL:FONT:TYPE? "Monospace" indicating the math 3 font :MATH:MATH3:LABEL:FONT:TYPE type is currently Monospace. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-369...
  • Page 386 <QString> Examples assigns "Probe point7" Math MATH:MATH2:LABel:NAMe "PROBE POINT7" 2 waveform. might return MATH:MATH2:LABel:NAMe? :MATH:MATH2:LABel:NAMe , indicating that Probe point 7 is the label for the Math 2 "Probe point7" waveform. 2-370 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 387 (in pixels) where the label for the selected math waveform <NR1> is displayed, relative to the baseline of the waveform. Examples moves the waveform label for the Math 2 MATH:MATH2:LABEL:YPOS -2.5 waveform to 2.5 pixels below the baseline of the waveform. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-371...
  • Page 388 This command sets or queries the horizontal display scale of the spectral math waveform. The math waveform is specified by x. Group Math Syntax MATH:MATH<x>:SPECTral:HORZ {LOG|LINEAr} Arguments sets the SpectralMag units to linear. LINEAr sets the SpectralMag units to log. 2-372 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 389 This command sets or queries the units of a SpectralPhase function in the specified math definition string. The Math waveform is specified by x. Group Math Syntax MATH:MATH<x>:SPECTral:PHASE {DEGrees|RADians|GROUPDelay} MATH:MATH<x>:SPECTral:PHASE? Arguments sets the SpectralPhase units to degrees. DEGREES sets the SpectralPhase units to radians. RADIANS MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-373...
  • Page 390 This command sets or queries whether suppression threshold for the specified math waveform is enabled. This is only applied when Spectral Plot type is Phase. The math waveform is specified by x. Group Math 2-374 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 391 <NR3> volts. Examples 100.0E-3 sets the suppression MATH:MATH3:SPECTRAL:SUPPRESS:VALUE threshold of Math 3 to 100 mV. might return MATH:MATH1:SPECTRAL:SUPPRESS:VALUE? 10.0000E+3 indicating MATH:MATH1:SPECTRAL:SUPPRESS:VALUE the suppression threshold of Math 1 is currently set to 10 kV. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-375...
  • Page 392 Examples enables phase unwrap of the spectral analyzer MATH1:SPECTRAL:UNWRAP ON output data. 2-376 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 393 Following is a list of arguments that specify the window function used to multiply the spectral analyzer input data. The windows are listed in the order of their ability to resolve frequencies (resolution bandwidth). Group Math MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-377...
  • Page 394 ADVanced. See examples for the command MATH:MATH<x>:DEFine. sets the type to advanced math. ADVanced Examples sets the type of Math 2 to basic. MATH:MATH2:TYPE BASIC might return indicating the MATH:MATH2:TYPE? :MATH:MATH2:TYPE FFT type of Math 4 is currently FFT. 2-378 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 395 file and loads the filter for ARBFLT8. might return MATHARBFLT1:FILEPATH? :MATHARBFLT1:FILEPATH "C:\Users\Public\Tektronix\TekScope\Math Arbitrary , indicating that the path to Filters\LowPass-Norm\lowpass_0.bw.flt" the file of filter coefficients is set to "C:\Users\Public\Tektronix\TekScope\Math Arbitrary Filters\LowPass-Norm\lowpass_0.bw.flt". MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-379...
  • Page 396 0.0000;:MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:HIGH 90.0000;LOW 10.0000;MID1 50.0000;MID2 50.0000;:MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:METHOD HISTOGRAM;NOISE HIGH;:MEASUREMENT:MEAS2:STATE 0;TYPE UNDEFINED;UNITS "V";SOURCE1 CH1;SOURCE2 CH1;SOURCE1:SIGTYPE PULSE;:MEASUREMENT:MEAS2:SOURCE2:SIGTYPE PULSE;:MEASUREMENT:MEAS2:DELAY:EDGE1 RISE;EDGE2 RISE;DIRECTION MEASUrement:ADDMEAS (No Query Form) This command adds a measurement. Group Measurement Syntax MEASUrement:ADDMEAS {ACCOMMONMODE|ACRMS|AMPlITUDE|AREA|BASE|BITAMPLITUDE| BITHIGH|BITLOW|BURSTWIDTH|COMMONMODE|DATARATE|DCD|DDJ|DELAY| DJ|DJDIRAC|EYEHIGH|EYELOW|FALLSLEWRATE|FALLTIME|FREQUENCY| F2|F4|F8|HEIGHT|HEIGHTBER|HIGH|HIGHTIME|HOLD|JITTERSUMMARY| J2|J9|LOW|LOWTIME|MAXIMUM|MEAN|MINIMUM|NDUty| NOVERSHOOT|NPERIOD|NPJ|NWIDTTH|PDUTY| 2-380 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 397 Syntax MEASUrement:ANNOTate {OFF|AUTO} MEASUrement:ANNOTate? Arguments turns off measurement annotations. turns on visible measurement annotations. AUTO Examples turns off measurement annotations. MEASUREMENT:ANNOTATE OFF might return MEASUREMENT:ANNOTATE? :MEASUREMENT:ANNOTATION:STATE , indicating that no measurement annotations are active. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-381...
  • Page 398 This command sets or queries the value used as the low reference level of the falling edge when the source ref level method is set to absolute. The channel number is specified by x. Group Measurement 2-382 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 399 MEASUrement:CH<x>:REFLevels:ABSolute:HYSTeresis This command sets or queries the value of the hysteresis of the reference level when the source ref level method is set to absolute. The channel number is specified by x. Group Measurement MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-383...
  • Page 400 This command sets or queries the value used as the low reference level of the rising edge when the source ref level method is set to absolute. The channel number is specified by x. Group Measurement 2-384 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 401 0.0 V. MEASUrement:CH<x>:REFLevels:ABSolute:TYPE This command sets or queries the reference level type for the source. The channel number is specified by x. Measurement Group MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-385...
  • Page 402 MODEhistogram BASE and TOP. specifies that reverence levels are relative to the eye histogram EYEhistogram BASE and TOP. Examples specifies that reference MEASUREMENT:CH2:REFLEVELS:BASETOP MINMAX levels are relative to the measurement MIN and MAX. 2-386 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 403 Group Measurement Syntax MEASUrement:CH<x>:REFLevels:PERCent:FALLHigh <NR3> MEASUrement:CH<x>:REFLevels:PERCent:FALLHigh? Arguments is the percentage (where 100% is equal to TOP) used to calculate the high <NR3> reference level when the measurement's Ref level method is set to Percent. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-387...
  • Page 404 0% is equal to BASE) used to calculate the mid reference level of the falling edge when the source ref level method is set to percent. The channel number is specified by x. Group Measurement Syntax MEASUrement:CH<x>:REFLevels:PERCent:FALLMid <NR3> MEASUrement:CH<x>:REFLevels:PERCent:FALLMid? 2-388 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 405 0% is equal to BASE) used to calculate the high reference level of the rising edge when the measurement ref level method is set to percent. The channel number is specified by x. Group Measurement MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-389...
  • Page 406 This command sets or queries the percentage (where 100% is equal to TOP and 0% is equal to BASE) used to calculate the mid reference level of the rising edge when the measurement ref level method is set to percent. The channel number is specified by x. 2-390 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 407 CUSTom Examples sets the MEASUREMENT:CH2:REFLEVELS:PERCENT:TYPE TENNINETY reference levels to the 10 and 90% levels. might return MEASUREMENT:CH2:REFLEVELS:PERCENT:TYPE? indicating :MEASUREMENT:CH2:REFLEVELS:PERCENT:TYPE TWENTYEIGHTY the reference levels are set to the 20 and 80% levels. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-391...
  • Page 408 :MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:CLOCKRecovery:GLOBal flag is set to 1. Group Measurement Syntax MEASUrement:CLOCKRecovery:CLOCKFrequency <NR3> MEASUrement:CLOCKRecovery:CLOCKFrequency? Arguments is the global clock frequency used with Constant Clock - Fixed clock <NR3> recovery method. Examples sets the clock MEASUREMENT:CLOCKRECOVERY:CLOCKFREQUENCY 2.0E+9 frequency to 2.0 GHz. 2-392 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 409 :MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:CLOCKRecovery:GLOBal flag is set to 1. Group Measurement Syntax MEASUrement:CLOCKRecovery:CONSTCLOCKMODe {MEAN|MEDian|FIXed} MEASUrement:CLOCKRecovery:CONSTCLOCKMODe? Arguments sets the constant clock mode to MEAN. MEAN sets the constant clock mode to MEDian. MEDian sets the constant clock mode to FIXed. FIXed MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-393...
  • Page 410 This will affect measurements whose :MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:CLOCKRecovery:GLOBal flag is set to 1. Group Measurement Syntax MEASUrement:CLOCKRecovery:DATAPath <QString> MEASUrement:CLOCKRecovery:DATAPath? Arguments is the path and filename, in quotes, of the file containing the data <QString> pattern. 2-394 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 411 This will affect measurements whose :MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:CLOCKRecovery:GLOBal flag is set to 1. Measurement Group Syntax MEASUrement:CLOCKRecovery:EXPLICITCLOCKMODe {EDGE|PLL} MEASUrement:CLOCKRecovery:EXPLICITCLOCKMODe? Arguments sets the clock mode to clock edge. EDGE sets the clock mode to phase locked loop. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-395...
  • Page 412 This command sets or queries the global loop bandwidth used when PLL clock recovery is used for the measurement. This will affect measurements whose :MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:CLOCKRecovery:GLOBal flag is set to 1. Group Measurement Syntax MEASUrement:CLOCKRecovery:LOOPBandwidth <NR3> MEASUrement:CLOCKRecovery:LOOPBandwidth? Arguments is the global loop bandwidth. <NR3> 2-396 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 413 first acquisition. MEASUrement:CLOCKRecovery:METHod This command sets or queries the global clock recovery method for the measurement. This will affect measurements whose :MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:CLOCKRecovery:GLOBal flag is set to 1. Measurement Group Syntax MEASUrement:CLOCKRecovery:METHod {PLL|CONSTANTCLOCK|EXPLICITCLOCK} MEASUrement:CLOCKRecovery:METHod? MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-397...
  • Page 414 1. MEASUrement:CLOCKRecovery:NOMINALOFFset This command sets or queries the global offset value used when explicit clock recovery is used for the measurement. This will affect measurements whose :MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:CLOCKRecovery:GLOBal flag is set to 1. Group Measurement 2-398 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 415 MANUAL MEASUrement:CLOCKRecovery:STAndard This command sets or queries the global communications standard used when PLL clock recovery is used for the measurement. This will affect measurements whose :MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:CLOCKRecovery:GLOBal flag is set to 1. Group Measurement MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-399...
  • Page 416 ≥1. <NR1> Examples deletes measurement 4. MEASUREMENT:DELETE "MEAS4" MEASUrement:DIRacmodel This command sets or queries the dirac model used to separate random from deterministic jitter for jitter measurements. Group Measurement Syntax MEASUrement:DIRacmodel {PCIExpress|FIBREchannel} MEASUrement:DIRacmodel? 2-400 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 417 This command sets or queries the type of the edge for the measurement. Group Measurement Syntax MEASUrement:EDGE<x> {RISE|FALL|BOTH} Arguments specifies the falling edge of the waveform. FALL specifies the rising edge of the waveform. RISE specifies both a rising and falling edge of the waveform. BOTH MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-401...
  • Page 418 MEASUREMENT:EYERENDER :MEASUREMENT:EYERENDER 1 indicating high-performance eye rendering is on. MEASUrement:FILTers:BLANKingtime This command sets or queries the global filter blanking time. Measurement Group Syntax MEASUrement:FILTers:BLANKingtime <NR3> MEASUrement:FILTers:BLANKingtime? Arguments is the current filter blanking time. <NR3> 2-402 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 419 MEASUrement:FILTers:HIGHPass:SPEC {NONE|FIRST|SECOND|THIRD} MEASUrement:FILTers:HIGHPass:SPEC? Arguments specifies no high pass filter. NONE specifies a first order high pass filter. FIRST specifies a second order high pass filter. SECOND specifies a third order high pass filter. THIRD MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-403...
  • Page 420 MEASUrement:FILTers:LOWPass:SPEC {NONE|FIRST|SECOND|THIRD} MEASUrement:FILTers:LOWPass:SPEC? Arguments specifies no low pass filter. NONE specifies a first order low pass filter. FIRST specifies a second order low pass filter. SECOND specifies a third order low pass filter. THIRD 2-404 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 421 LOGic where the logic source is in the active state. specifies that measurements are taken based on search criteria. SEARCH MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-405...
  • Page 422 :MEASUREMENT:GATING:ACTIVE HIGH MEASUrement:GATing:HYSTeresis This command sets or queries the global gating hysteresis value used for logic gating. Group Measurement Syntax MEASUrement:GATing:HYSTeresis <NR3> MEASUrement:GATing:HYSTeresis? Arguments is the gating hysteresis. <NR3> 2-406 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 423 Arguments is the mid ref value for gating. <NR3> Examples set the gating mid ref to 2.0 V. MEASUREMENT:GATING:MIDREF 2.0 ? might return MEASUREMENT:GATING:MIDREF indicating the gating mid ref is 1.5 V. :MEASUREMENT:GATING:MIDREF 1.5000 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-407...
  • Page 424 SINX specifies linear interpolation, where acquired points are connected with LINear straight lines. Examples set the interpolation mode to sin(x)/x. MEASUREMENT:INTERP SINX ? might return indicating MEASUREMENT:INTERP :MEASUREMENT:INTERP AUTO the interpolation mode is auto. 2-408 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 425 MEASUrement:LIST? Returns Returns a list of all currently defined measurements. Examples might return MEASUREMENT:LIST? :MEASUREMENT:LIST indicating 6 measurements are MEAS1,MEAS2,MEAS3,MEAS4,MEAS5,MEAS6 defined. MEASUrement:LOCKRJ This command sets or queries the state of RJ locking. Group Measurement MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-409...
  • Page 426 The math number is specified by x. Group Measurement Syntax MEASUrement:MATH<x>:REFLevels:ABSolute:FALLHigh <NR3> MEASUrement:MATH<x>:REFLevels:ABSolute:FALLHigh? Arguments is the high reference level, and is the zero percent level when <NR3> MEASUrement:IMMed:REFLevel:METHod is set to Absolute. 2-410 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 427 Syntax MEASUrement:MATH<x>:REFLevels:ABSolute:FALLMid <NR3> MEASUrement:MATH<x>:REFLevels:ABSolute:FALLMid? Arguments is the mid reference level (where 50% is equal to MID) used to calculate the <NR3> mid reference level when the measurement's Ref level method is set to Absolute. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-411...
  • Page 428 The math number is specified by x. Group Measurement Syntax MEASUrement:MATH<x>:REFLevels:ABSolute:RISEHigh <NR3> MEASUrement:MATH<x>:REFLevels:ABSolute:RISEHigh? Arguments is the high reference level, and is the zero percent level when <NR3> is set to Absolute. MEASUrement:IMMed:REFLevel:METHod 2-412 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 429 Syntax MEASUrement:MATH<x>:REFLevels:ABSolute:RISEMid <NR3> MEASUrement:MATH<x>:REFLevels:ABSolute:RISEMid? Arguments is the mid reference level (where 50% is equal to MID) used to calculate <NR3> the mid reference level when the measurement Ref level method is set to Absolute. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-413...
  • Page 430 This command sets or queries the method used to calculate the TOP and BASE used to calculate reference levels for the measurement. The math number is specified by x. Group Measurement Syntax MEASUrement:MATH<x>:REFLevels:BASETop {AUTO|MINMax|MEANhistogram| MODEhistogram|EYEhistogram} MEASUrement:MATH<x>:REFLevels:BASETop? 2-414 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 431 MEASUrement:MATH<x>:REFLevel:ABSolute useful when precise values are required. Examples specifies that the MEASUrement:MATH2:REFLevels:METHod ABSOLUTE reference levels are set explicitly might return MEASUrement:MATH2:REFLevels:METHod? indicating reference :MEASUREMENT:MATH2:REFLEVELS:METHOD PERCENT levels are in percent relative to HIGH and LOW. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-415...
  • Page 432 (where 100% is equal to HIGH) used to calculate the mid <NR3> reference level when the measurement's Ref level method is set to Percent. Examples sets the reference MEASUrement:MATH2:REFLevels:PERCent:FALLLow 5 level to 5% of TOP. 2-416 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 433 0% is equal to MIN) used to calculate the hysteresis of the reference level when the measurement ref level method is set to percent. The math number is specified by x. Measurement Group Syntax MEASUrement:MATH<x>:REFLevels:PERCent:HYSTeresis <NR3> MEASUrement:MATH<x>:REFLevels:PERCent:HYSTeresis? Arguments is the hysteresis value used for the autoset. <NR3> MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-417...
  • Page 434 0% is equal to BASE) used to calculate the low reference level of the rising edge when the measurement ref level method is set to percent. The math number is specified by x. Group Measurement Syntax MEASUrement:MATH<x>:REFLevels:PERCent:RISELow <NR3> MEASUrement:MATH<x>:REFLevels:PERCent:RISELow? 2-418 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 435 50% of TOP. MEASUrement:MATH<x>:REFLevels:PERCent:TYPE This command specifies or queries the reference level percent type for the measurement. The math number is specified by x. Measurement Group Syntax MEASUrement:MATH<x>:REFLevels:PERCent:TYPE {TENNinety|TWENtyeighty|CUSTom} MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-419...
  • Page 436 1.5 sets the maximum range limit to 1.5 V. MEASUREMENT:MEASRANGE:MAX ? might return MEASUREMENT:MEASRANGE:MAX indicating the maximum range :MEASUREMENT:MEASRANGE:MAX 1.0000 limit is 1.0 V. MEASUrement:MEASRange:MIN This command sets or queries the global range minimum value. Measurement Group Syntax MEASUrement:MEASRange:MIN <NR3> MEASUrement:MEASRange:MIN? 2-420 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 437 ? might return MEASUREMENT:MEASRANGE:STATE indicating that the measurement results :MEASUREMENT:MEASRANGE:STATE 0 are not limited. MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:BER This command sets or queries BER value for the measurement. Measurements are specified by x. Group Measurement MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-421...
  • Page 438 :MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:BER:TARGETBER 12.0000 target BER is 12.0. MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:BIN This command sets or queries the bin count for the measurement. Measurements are specified by x. Measurement Group Syntax MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:BIN <NR3> MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:BIN? Arguments is the bin count. <NR3> 2-422 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 439 MEAN. MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:BITEnd This command sets or queries the bit end as a percentage of the unit interval. Measurements are specified by x. Group Measurement Syntax MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:BITEnd <NR3> MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:BITEnd? Arguments is the bit end. <NR3> MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-423...
  • Page 440 Arguments is the bit start. <NR3> Examples sets the bit start to 45% of the unit interval. MEASUrement:MEAS2:BITSTart 45 might return MEASUrement:MEAS2:BITSTart? indicating the bit start is 50% :MEASUREMENT:MEAS2:BITSTART 50.0000 of the unit interval. 2-424 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 441 Measurements are specified by x. Group Measurement Syntax MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:BURSTEDGTYPe {RISE|FALL} MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:BURSTEDGTYPe? Arguments specifies a burst with a rising edge. RISE specifies a burst with a falling edge. FALL Examples specifies a burst with a falling MEASUrement:MEAS2:BURSTEDGTYPe FALL edge. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-425...
  • Page 442 The mean cycle-cycle statistic value for the specified measurement for all acquisitions. Examples might return MEASUrement:MEAS2CCRESUlts:ALLAcqs:MEAN? :MEASUREMENT:MEAS2:CCRESULTS:ALLACQS:MEAN 9.91E+37 MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:CCRESUlts:ALLAcqs:MINimum? (Query Only) This query-only command returns the minimum cycle-cycle value for the specified measurement for all acquisitions. Measurements are specified by x. 2-426 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 443 Measurements are specified by x. Group Measurement Syntax MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:CCRESUlts:ALLAcqs:POPUlation? Returns The population of all cycle-cycle statistics for the specified measurement accumulated over all acquisitions since statistics were last reset. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-427...
  • Page 444 Measurements are specified by x. Group Measurement Syntax MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:CCRESUlts:CURRentacq:MAXimum? Returns The maximum cycle-cycle statistic value for the specified measurement for the current acquisition. Examples might return MEASUrement:MEAS2:CCRESUlts:CURRentacq:MAXimum? :MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:CCRESULTS:CURRENTACQ:MAXIMUM 9.91E+37 2-428 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 445 Examples might return MEASUrement:MEAS2:CCRESUlts:CURRentacq:MINimum? :MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:CCRESULTS:CURRENTACQ:MINIMUM 9.91E+37 MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:CCRESUlts:CURRentacq:PK2PK? (Query Only) This query-only command returns the peak to peak cycle-cycle statistic for the specified measurement for the current acquisition. Measurements are specified by x. Group Measurement MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-429...
  • Page 446 This query-only command returns the standard deviation cycle-cycle for the specified measurement for the current acquisition. Measurements are specified by x. Measurement Group Syntax MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:CCRESUlts:CURRentacq:STDDev? Returns The standard deviation cycle-cycle statistic value for the specified measurement for the current acquisition. 2-430 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 447 This command sets or queries the clock frequency used when fixed constant clock recovery is used for the measurement. Measurements are specified by x. Measurement Group Syntax MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:CLOCKRecovery:CLOCKFrequency <NR3> MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:CLOCKRecovery:CLOCKFrequency? Arguments is the clock frequency. <NR3> Examples sets the MEASUrement:MEAS1:CLOCKRecovery:CLOCKFrequency 2.0E+9 frequency to 2.0 GHz. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-431...
  • Page 448 MEAN frequency. specifies that clock recovery uses the mode of the clock signal as the MEDian clock frequency. specifies that clock recovery uses the value set by the user as the clock FIXed frequency. 2-432 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 449 Measurements are specified by x. Group Measurement Syntax MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:CLOCKRecovery:DATAPath <QString> MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:CLOCKRecovery:DATAPath? Arguments is the file containing the data pattern to be used for known data <QString> pattern clock recovery. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-433...
  • Page 450 This command sets or queries the explicit clock mode used when explicit clock recovery is used for the measurement. The measurement number is specified by x. Group Measurement Syntax MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:CLOCKRecovery:EXPLICITCLOCKMODe {EDGE|PLL} MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:CLOCKRecovery:EXPLICITCLOCKMODe? Arguments specifies the clock edge. EDGE specifies the phase locked loop. 2-434 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 451 MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:CLOCKRecovery:JTFBandwidth This command sets or queries the JTF bandwidth used when PLL clock recovery is used for the measurement. Measurements are specified by x. Group Measurement MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-435...
  • Page 452 1.0 MHz. MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:CLOCKRecovery:MEANAUTOCalculate This command sets or queries how often the clock is calculated when constant clock recovery is used for the measurement. The measurement number is specified by x. Group Measurement 2-436 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 453 :MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:CLOCKRECOVERY:METHOD CONSTANTCLOCK indicating a constant clock is in use. MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:CLOCKRecovery:MODel This command sets or queries the PLL clock recovery model used when PLL clock recovery is used for the measurement. Measurements are specified by x. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-437...
  • Page 454 0.0 ns. MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:CLOCKRecovery:NOMINALOFFset:SELECTIONtype This command sets or queries the offset type used when explicit clock recovery is used for the measurement. The measurement number is specified by x. Measurement Group 2-438 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 455 MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:CLOCKRecovery:STAndard {CUSTom| ENET100|FW1394BS400B|FW1394BS800B|FW1394BS1600B|FBD1| FBD2|FBD3|FC133|FC266|FC531|FC1063|FC2125|FC4250| FC8500|ENET1000|IBA2500|IBA_GEN2|OC1|OC3|OC12|OC48| PCIE_GEN1|PCIE_GEN2|PCIE_GEN3|RIO125|RIO250|RIO3125| SAS15_NOSSC|SAS3_NOSSC|SAS6_NOSSC|SAS12_NOSSC|SAS15_SSC| SAS3_SSC|SAS6_SSC|SAS12_SSC|SATA_GEN1|SATA_GEN2| SATA_GEN3|USB3|XAUI|XAUI_GEN2} Arguments Arguments are the clock recovery standards. Examples sets the MEASUrement:MEAS1:CLOCKRecovery:STAndard PCIE_GEN2 standard to PCIE_GEN2 might return MEASUrement:MEAS1:CLOCKRecovery:STAndard? indicating :MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:CLOCKRECOVERY:STANDARD PCIE_GEN1 the standard is PCIE_GEN1 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-439...
  • Page 456 AC common mode. Measurements are specified by x. Group Measurement Syntax MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:COMMONMode:SOURCEs {SINGLE|DOUBLE} MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:COMMONMode:SOURCEs? Arguments specifies a single source. SINGLE specifies double sources. DOUBLE Examples specifies a single MEASUrement:MEAS1:COMMONMode:SOURCEs SINGLE source. 2-440 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 457 This command sets or queries the 'to edge' type when EDGE<x> is EDGE1 and the 'from edge' type when EDGE<x> is EDG2, for the measurement when the measurement type is DELAY. Measurements are specified by x. Group Measurement Syntax MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:DELay:EDGE<x> {FALL|RISe|BOTH|SAMEas|OPPositeas} MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:DELay:EDGE<x>? Related Commands MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:TOEdge MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-441...
  • Page 458 Examples turns off the display of MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:DISPlaystat:ENABle 0 statistics in the measurement badge. might return MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:DISPlaystat:ENABle? indicating that the display of :MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:DISPLAYSTAT:ENABLE 1 statistics in the measurement badge is on. 2-442 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 459 MID level. specifies the HIGH level. HIGH specifies the LOW level. Examples set the from level to the high MEASUrement:MEAS1:EDGES:FROMLevel HIGH level might return MEASUrement:MEAS1:EDGES:FROMLevel? indicating the from :MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:EDGES:FROMLEVEL LOW level is the low level. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-443...
  • Page 460 MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:EDGES:LOWERFREQuency? Arguments is the lower frequency of the edge. <NR3> Examples sets the lower MEASUrement:MEAS1:EDGES:LOWERFREQuency 1.0e3 frequency to 1 kHz. might return MEASUrement:MEAS1:EDGES:LOWERFREQuency? indicating the :MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:EDGES:LOWERFREQUENCY 0.0E+0 lower frequency is set to 0.0 Hertz. 2-444 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 461 NOMinal specifies the DDR slew rate method. Examples specifies the measurement:meas1:edges:slewratemethod NOMINAL nominal slew rate method. might return measurement:meas1:edges:slewratemethod? indicating the :MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:EDGES:SLEWRATEMETHOD NOMINAL slew rate method is set to NOMINAL. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-445...
  • Page 462 MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:EDGES:UPPERFREQuency <NR3> MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:EDGES:UPPERFREQuency? Arguments is the upper frequency of the edge. <NR3> Examples sets the upper frequency MEASUrement:MEAS1:EDGES:UPPERFREQuency 1.5 to 1.5 MHz. might return MEASUrement:MEAS1:EDGES:UPPERFREQuency? indicating the :MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:EDGES:UPPERFREQUENCY 1.0000E+6 upper frequency is 1.0 MHz. 2-446 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 463 MEASUrement:MEAS1:FILTers:BLANKingtime 3.5 3.5. might return MEASUrement:MEAS1:FILTers:BLANKingtime? indicating the filter :MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:FILTERS:BLANKINGTIME 4.0000 blanking time is 4.0. MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:FILTers:GLOBal This command sets or queries the global flag for filter settings for the measurement. Measurements are specified by x. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-447...
  • Page 464 filter frequency. <NR3> Examples sets the high MEASUrement:MEAS1:FILTers:HIGHPass:FREQ 15.0E+6 pass frequency to 15.0 MHz. might return MEASUrement:MEAS1:FILTers:HIGHPass:FREQ? indicating :MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:FILTERS:HIGHPASS:FREQ 10.0000E+6 the high pass frequency is set to 10.0 MHz. 2-448 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 465 This command sets or queries the low pass filter cutoff frequency for the measurement. Measurements are specified by x. Group Measurement Syntax MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:FILTers:LOWPass:FREQ <NR3> MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:FILTers:LOWPass:FREQ? Arguments is the current low pass filter frequency. <NR3> Examples sets the low pass MEASUrement:MEAS1:FILTers:LOWPass:FREQ 5.0E+6 frequency to 5.0 MHz. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-449...
  • Page 466 filter is used. MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:FILTers:RAMPtime This command sets or queries the filter ramp time for the measurement. Measurements are specified by x. Group Measurement Syntax MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:FILTers:RAMPtime <NR3> MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:FILTers:RAMPtime? Arguments is the current filter ramp time. <NR3> 2-450 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 467 This command sets or queries the from edge search direction for the measurement. Measurements are specified by x. Group Measurement Syntax MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:FROMEDGESEARCHDIRect {FORWard|BACKWard} MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:FROMEDGESEARCHDIRect? Arguments specifies a forward search from the edge. FORWard specifies a backward search from the edge. BACKWard MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-451...
  • Page 468 :MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:GATING indicating measurements are taken across the entire record. NONE MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:GATing:ACTive This command sets or queries the gating active level when the gating type is logic . Measurements are specified by x. Group Measurement 2-452 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 469 Examples specifies gate settings can be MEASUrement:MEAS1:GATing:GLOBal OFF changed independently for each individual measurement. might return MEASUrement:MEAS1:GATing:GLOBal? indicating that gating :MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:GATING:GLOBAL 1 settings apply to all measurements. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-453...
  • Page 470 MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:GATing:LOGICSource {CH<x>|MATH<x>|REF<x>} Arguments Arguments are the sources for logic gating. Examples sets the gating logic source MEASUrement:MEAS1:GATing:LOGICSource CH3 to channel 3. might return MEASUrement:MEAS1:GATing:LOGICSource? indicating the gating :MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:GATING:LOGICSOURCE CH2 logic source is channel 2. 2-454 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 471 SEARCH1. might return MEASUrement:MEAS1:GATing:SEARCHSource? indicating the :MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:GATING:SEARCHSOURCE SEARCH1 gating search source is SEARCH1. MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:GLOBalref This command sets or queries the reference levels global flag for the measurement. Measurements are specified by x. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-455...
  • Page 472 <NR3> Examples sets the high reference voltage MEASUrement:MEAS1:HIGHREFVoltage 1.5 to 1.5 V. might return MEASUrement:MEAS1:HIGHREFVoltage? indicating the :MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:HIGHREFVOLTAGE 1.0000 high reference voltage is set to 1.0 V. 2-456 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 473 DCD measurement as part of jitter summary. Examples specifies that the DCD MEASUrement:MEAS1:JITTERSummary:DCD 0 measurement is not part of the jitter summary. might return MEASUrement:MEAS1:JITTERSummary:DCD? indicating the DCD :MEASUREMENT:MEAS4:JITTERSUMMARY:DCD 1 measurement is part of the jitter summary. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-457...
  • Page 474 DJDD measurement as part of jitter summary. Examples specifies the DJDD MEASUrement:MEAS4:JITTERSummary:DJDD 0 measurement is not part of the jitter summary. might return MEASUrement:MEAS4:JITTERSummary:DJDD? indicating the DJDD :MEASUREMENT:MEAS4:JITTERSUMMARY:DJDD 1 measurement is part of the jitter summary. 2-458 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 475 NPJ measurement as part of jitter summary. Examples specifies that the NPJ MEASUrement:MEAS4:JITTERSummary:NPJ 0 measurement is not part of jitter summary. might return MEASUrement:MEAS4:JITTERSummary:NPJ? indicating the NPJ :MEASUREMENT:MEAS4:JITTERSUMMARY:NPJ 1 measurement is part of the jitter summary. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-459...
  • Page 476 RJ-dd measurement as part of jitter summary. Examples specifies the RJ-dd MEASUrement:MEAS4:JITTERSummary:RJDD 0 measurement is not part of the jitter summary. might return MEASUrement:MEAS4:JITTERSummary:RJDD? indicating the RJ-dd :MEASUREMENT:MEAS4:JITTERSUMMARY:RJDD 1 measurement is part of the jitter summary. 2-460 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 477 TJ@BER measurement as part of jitter summary. Examples specifies that the TJ@BER MEASUrement:MEAS4:JITTERSummary:TJBER 0 measurement is not part of jitter summary. might return MEASUrement:MEAS4:JITTERSummary:TJBER? indicating the TJ@BER :MEASUREMENT:MEAS4:JITTERSUMMARY:TJBER 1 measurement is part of jitter summary. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-461...
  • Page 478 -1.3 V. might return MEASUrement:MEAS1:LOWREFVoltage? indicating the :MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:LOWREFVOLTAGE -1.0000 low ref voltage is -1.0 V. MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:MEASRange:GLOBal This command sets or queries the range settings global flag for the measurement. Measurements are specified by x. 2-462 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 479 MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:MEASRange:MAX <NR3> MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:MEASRange:MAX? Arguments is the maximum measurement range limit value. <NR3> Examples sets the maximum range to 2.5 V. MEASUrement:MEAS1:MEASRange:MAX 2.50 might return MEASUrement:MEAS1:MEASRange:MAX? indicating the :MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:MEASRANGE:MAX 1.0000 maximum range is 1.0 V. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-463...
  • Page 480 Examples turns off the measurement range MEASUrement:MEAS1:MEASRange:STATE 0 limits. might return MEASUrement:MEAS1:MEASRange:STATE? indicating the :MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:MEASRANGE:STATE 1 measurement range limits are on. 2-464 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 481 Measurements are specified by x. Group Measurement Syntax MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:PATTERNLENgth <NR3> MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:PATTERNLENgth? Arguments is the pattern length. <NR3> Examples sets the pattern length to 3.0. MEASUrement:MEAS1:PATTERNLENgth 3.0 might return MEASUrement:MEAS1:PATTERNLENgth? indicating the :MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:PATTERNLENGTH 2.0000 patternlength is 2.0. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-465...
  • Page 482 Falling edges. FALL Examples specifies computing the MEASUrement:MEAS1:PERFREQ:EDGE RISE measurement between Rising edges. might return measurement:meas1:perfreq:edge? if the measurement :MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:PERFREQ:EDGE FIRST is computed between edges of the first type edge found. 2-466 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 483 Examples applies the global population MEASUrement:MEAS1:POPUlation:GLOBal 1 settings to all the measurements' population settings. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-467...
  • Page 484 MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:POPUlation:LIMIT:VALue This command sets or queries the population limit value for the measurement. The measurement number is specified by x. Group Measurement Syntax MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:POPUlation:LIMIT:VALue <NR3> MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:POPUlation:LIMIT:VALue? Arguments the current limit value. <NR3> 2-468 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 485 This command sets or queries the value used as the low reference level of the falling edge when the measurement's ref level method is set to absolute. Measurements are specified by x. NOTE. This command affects the results of rise and fall measurements. Group Measurement MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-469...
  • Page 486 0.5 V. MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:REFLevels<x>:ABSolute:HYSTeresis This command sets or queries the value of the hysteresis of the reference level when the measurement's ref level method is set to absolute. The measurement number is specified by x. 2-470 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 487 This command sets or queries the value used as the low reference level of the rising edge when the measurement's ref level method is set to absolute. The measurement number is specified by x. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-471...
  • Page 488 30 mV. might return MEASUrement:MEAS1:REFLevels1:ABSolute:RISEMid? :MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:REFLEVELS1:ABSOLUTE:RISEMID 0.0E+0 indicating the mid reference level is 0.0 V. MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:REFLevels<x>:ABSolute:TYPE This command sets or queries the reference level type for the measurement. The measurement number is specified by x. 2-472 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 489 MODEhistogram BASE and TOP. specifies that reverence levels are relative to the eye histogram EYEhistogram BASE and TOP. Examples specifies that reference MEASUrement:MEAS1:REFLevels1:BASETop MINMAX levels are relative to the measurement MIN and MAX. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-473...
  • Page 490 0% is equal to BASE) used to calculate the high reference level of the falling edge when the measurement's ref level method is set to percent. The measurement number is specified by x. Group Measurement Syntax MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:REFLevels<x>:PERCent:FALLHigh <NR3> MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:REFLevels<x>:PERCent:FALLHigh? 2-474 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 491 0% is equal to BASE) used to calculate the mid reference level of the falling edge when the measurement's ref level method is set to percent. The measurement number is specified by x. Group Measurement MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-475...
  • Page 492 This command sets or queries the percentage (where 100% is equal to TOP and 0% is equal to BASE) used to calculate the high reference level of the rising edge when the measurement's ref level method is set to percent. The measurement number is specified by x. 2-476 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 493 10.0%. MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:REFLevels<x>:PERCent:RISEMid This command sets or queries the percentage (where 100% is equal to TOP and 0% is equal to BASE) used to calculate the mid reference level of the rising edge MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-477...
  • Page 494 Low, Mid and High Ref are set to 20%, 50% TWENtyeighty and 80% respectively. allows setting other reference level percents. CUSTom Examples sets the MEASUrement:MEAS1:REFLevels1:PERCent:TYPE TWENtyeighty reference levels percent to 20%, 50% and 80%. 2-478 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 495 The measurement number is specified by x. Group Measurement Syntax MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:REFVoltage <NR3> MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:REFVoltage? Arguments is the reference voltage value for the selected configuration. <NR3> Examples sets the reference voltage value MEASUrement:MEAS1:REFVoltage 30.E-3 for the measurement to 30 mV. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-479...
  • Page 496 <x>. Group Measurement Syntax MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:RESUlts:ALLAcqs:MEAN? Returns The mean value for all accumulated measurement acquisitions for measurement <x>. Examples might return MEASUrement:MEAS1:RESUlts:ALLAcqs:MEAN? :MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:RESULTS:ALLACQS:MEAN 2.2807617754647 indicating the measurement mean is 2.28 V. 2-480 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 497 The peak-to-peak value for all accumulated measurement acquisitions for measurement <x>. Examples might return MEASUrement:MEAS1:RESUlts:ALLAcqs:PK2PK? indicating the :MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:RESULTS:ALLACQS:PK2PK 200.0E-3 measurement peak-to-peak value is 200 mV. MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:RESUlts:ALLAcqs:POPUlation? (Query Only) This query-only command returns the population measurement value for measurement <x>. Group Measurement MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-481...
  • Page 498 This query-only command returns the maximum value found for the specified measurement since the last statistical reset. The measurement number is specified by x. Measurement Group Syntax MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:RESUlts:CURRentacq:MAXimum? Returns The maximum value found for the specified measurement since the last statistical reset. 2-482 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 499 Returns The minimum value found for the specified measurement since the last statistical reset. Examples might return MEASUrement:MEAS1:RESUlts:CURRentacq:MINimum? indicating :MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:RESULTS:CURRENTACQ:MINIMUM 2.260 the minimum value of the measurement in the current acquisition is 2.26 V. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-483...
  • Page 500 1 measurement. MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:RESUlts:CURRentacq:STDDev? (Query Only) This query-only command returns the standard deviation for the specified measurement for all acquisitions accumulated since statistics were last reset. The measurement number is specified by x. Measurement Group 2-484 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 501 MEASUrement:MEAS1:SIGNALType? indicating the instrument :MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:SIGNALTYPE AUTO automatically selects the signal type. MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:SOUrce<x> This command sets or queries the measurement source. The measurement number and source are specified by x. Group Measurement Syntax MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:SOUrce<x> MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-485...
  • Page 502 SSC. The measurement number is specified by x. Group Measurement Syntax MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:SSC:NOMinalfreq:SELECTIONtype {AUTO|MANual} MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:SSC:NOMinalfreq:SELECTIONtype? Arguments automatically sets the detection type. AUTO specifies the manual detection type. MANual Examples specifies MEASUrement:MEAS1:SSC:NOMinalfreq:SELECTIONtype AUTO the auto-detection type. 2-486 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 503 SAMEAS MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:TOEDGESEARCHDIRect This command sets or queries the to edge search direction for the measurement. The measurement number is specified by x. Group Measurement Syntax MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:TOEDGESEARCHDIRect {FORWard|BACKWard} MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:TOEDGESEARCHDIRect? MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-487...
  • Page 504 (if measurement type is rise time) or falling (if measurement type is fall time) edges. MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:TYPe This command sets or queries the measurement type. The measurement number is specified by x. 2-488 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 505 (Bit Low) is the amplitude of a 0 bit. The amplitude is measured BITLOW over a user specified portion at the center of the recovered unit interval. This measurement is made on each high bit in the record (Mean) or across the entire record (Mode). MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-489...
  • Page 506 (data rate) divided by 2. This measurement is made across the entire record. is the peak-to-peak amplitude of the periodic jitter occurring at a rate of Fb (data rate) divided by 4. This measurement is made across the entire record. 2-490 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 507 (Negative Duty Cycle) is the ratio of the Negative Pulse Width to the NDUty Period. This measurement is made on each cycle in the record. Negative Duty Cycle = (Negative Width) / Period × 100% MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-491...
  • Page 508 (RM). This measurement is made on each cycle in the record. (Q-Factor) is the ratio of the vertical eye opening to RMS vertical noise QFACTOR measured at a user specified location within the recovered unit interval. This measurement is made across the entire record. 2-492 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 509 T/nT Ratio is the ratio of a non-transition bit voltage (2nd and TNTRATIO subsequent bit voltage after a transition) to its nearest preceding transition bit voltage (1st bit voltage after the transition). Bit voltages are measured at the MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-493...
  • Page 510 Measurement Syntax MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:WINDOWLENgth <NR3> MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:WINDOWLENgth? Arguments is the value for the window length. <NR3> Examples sets the window length to 10. MEASUrement:MEAS1:WINDOWLENgth 10 might return MEASUrement:MEAS1:WINDOWLENgth? indicating the :MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:WINDOWLENGTH 10.0000 window length is 10. 2-494 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 511 Examples turns on the population limit. MEASUREMENT:POPULATION:LIMIT:STATE 1 ? might return MEASUREMENT:POPULATION:LIMIT:STATE indicating the :MEASUREMENT:POPULATION:LIMIT:STATE 0 population limit is off. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-495...
  • Page 512 <NR3> measurement's ref level method is set to absolute. Examples sets the high reference MEASUrement:REFLevels:ABSolute:FALLHigh 1.5 level to 1.5 V. might return MEASUrement:REFLevels:ABSolute:FALLHigh? indicating the :MEASUREMENT:REFLEVELS:ABSOLUTE:FALLHIGH 1.0000 high reference level is 1.0 V. 2-496 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 513 <NR3> Examples sets the mid MEASUrement:REFLevels:ABSolute:FALLMid 10.0E-3 reference level to 10.0 mV. might return MEASUrement:REFLevels:ABSolute:FALLMid? indicating the mid :MEASUREMENT:REFLEVELS:ABSOLUTE:FALLMID 0.0E+0 reference level is 0.0 V. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-497...
  • Page 514 <NR3> Examples sets the high reference MEASUrement:REFLevels:ABSolute:RISEHigh 1.5 to 1.5 V. might return MEASUrement:REFLevels:ABSolute:RISEHigh? indicating the :MEASUREMENT:REFLEVELS:ABSOLUTE:RISEHIGH 1.0000 high reference is 1.0 V. 2-498 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 515 MEASUrement:REFLevels:ABSolute:RISEMid 10.0E-3 reference to 10.0 mV. might return MEASUrement:REFLevels:ABSolute:RISEMid? indicating the mid :MEASUREMENT:REFLEVELS:ABSOLUTE:RISEMID 0.0E+0 reference is 0.0 V. MEASUrement:REFLevels:ABSolute:TYPE This command sets or queries the reference level type for the measurement. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-499...
  • Page 516 If the mode is set to Latch, ref levels are calculated only on the first acquisition after a statistics reset. If it is set to Continuous, reference levels are calculated on every acquisition. 2-500 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 517 Examples specifies that the reference MEASUrement:REFLevels:METHod ABSOLUTE levels are set explicitly. might return MEASUrement:REFLevels:METHod? indicating the reference levels :MEASUREMENT:REFLEVELS:METHOD PERCENT are calculated as a percent relative to HIGH and LOW. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-501...
  • Page 518 <NR3> edge Examples sets the high reference MEASUrement:REFLevels:PERCent:FALLHigh 90 level to 90%. might return MEASUrement:REFLevels:PERCent:FALLHigh? indicating the :MEASUREMENT:REFLEVELS:PERCENT:FALLHIGH 80.0000 high reference level is 80%. 2-502 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 519 <NR3> edge Examples sets the mid reference MEASUrement:REFLevels:PERCent:FALLMid 55 level to 55%. might return MEASUrement:REFLevels:PERCent:FALLMid? indicating the mid :MEASUREMENT:REFLEVELS:PERCENT:FALLMID 50.0000 reference level is 50%. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-503...
  • Page 520 <NR3> edge. Examples sets the high reference MEASUrement:REFLevels:PERCent:RISEHigh 90 level to 90%. might return MEASUrement:REFLevels:PERCent:RISEHigh? indicating the :MEASUREMENT:REFLEVELS:PERCENT:RISEHIGH 80.0000 high ref level is 80%. 2-504 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 521 <NR3> edge. Examples sets the mid reference MEASUrement:REFLevels:PERCent:RISEMid 55 level to 55%. might return MEASUrement:REFLevels:PERCent:RISEMid? indicating the mid :MEASUREMENT:REFLEVELS:PERCENT:RISEMID 50.0000 reference level is 50%. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-505...
  • Page 522 Measurement Syntax MEASUrement:REFLevels:TYPE {GLOBal|PERSource} MEASUrement:REFLevels:TYPE? Arguments shares reference levels across measurements. GLOBal causes reference levels to be used on individual measurements. PERSource Examples causes reference levels to be used MEASUREMENT:REFLEVELS:TYPE PERSource on individual measurements. 2-506 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 523 <NR3> measurement's ref level method is set to absolute. Examples sets the low MEASUrement:REF1:REFLevels:ABSolute:FALLLow -1.5 reference level to -1.5 V. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-507...
  • Page 524 MEASUrement:REF<x>:REFLevels:ABSolute:HYSTeresis <NR3> MEASUrement:REF<x>:REFLevels:ABSolute:HYSTeresis? Arguments is the value of the hysteresis of the reference level when the measurement's <NR3> ref level method is set to absolute. Examples sets the MEASUrement:REF1:REFLevels:ABSolute:HYSTeresis 20.0E-3 hysteresis to 20.0 mV. 2-508 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 525 <NR3> measurement's ref level method is set to absolute. Examples sets the MEASUrement:REF1:REFLevels:ABSolute:RISELow -1.5 reference level to -1.5 V. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-509...
  • Page 526 MEASUrement:REF<x>:REFLevels:ABSolute:TYPE? Arguments specifies that the absolute levels are set the same. SAME specifies that the absolute levels can be set independently. UNIQue Examples specifies that the MEASUrement:REF1:REFLevels:ABSolute:TYPE UNIQUE absolute levels can be set independently. 2-510 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 527 MEASUrement:REF1:REFLevels:BASETop? indicating the instrument :MEASUREMENT:REF1:REFLEVELS:BASETOP AUTO automatically chooses a reference level method. MEASUrement:REF<x>:REFLevels:METHod This command sets or queries the method used to calculate reference levels for the measurement. Group Measurement Syntax MEASUrement:REF<x>:REFLevels:METHod {PERCent|ABSolute} MEASUrement:REF<x>:REFLevels:METHod? MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-511...
  • Page 528 This command sets or queries the percentage (where 100% is equal to TOP and 0% is equal to BASE) used to calculate the low reference level of the falling edge when the measurement's ref level method is set to percent. 2-512 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 529 This command sets or queries the percentage (where 100% is equal to MAX and 0% is equal to MIN) used to calculate the hysteresis of the reference level when the measurement's ref level method is set to percent. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-513...
  • Page 530 This command sets or queries the percentage (where 100% is equal to TOP and 0% is equal to BASE) used to calculate the low reference level of the rising edge when the measurement's ref level method is set to percent. 2-514 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 531 MEASUrement:REF1:REFLevels:PERCent:RISEMid 55 reference level to 55%. might return MEASUrement:REF1:REFLevels:PERCent:RISEMid? indicating :MEASUREMENT:REF1:REFLEVELS:PERCENT:RISEMID 50.0000 the mid reference level is 50%. MEASUrement:REF<x>:REFLevels:PERCent:TYPE This command sets or queries the reference level percent type for the measurement. Measurement Group MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-515...
  • Page 532 Examples turns off statistics for all MEASUREMENT:STATISTICS:CYCLEMODE OFF measurements. ? might return MEASUREMENT:STATISTICS:CYCLEMODE indicating that :MEASUREMENT:STATISTICS:CYCLEMODE 1 statistics are displayed for each measurement. 2-516 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 533 Table 2-45: Commands that Generate an OPC Message Command ACQuire:STATE ON or ACQuire:STATE RUN or ACQuire:STATE 1 (when ACQuire:STOPAfter is set to SEQuence) AUTOset, CALibrate:INTERNal, CALibrate:INTERNal:STARt Refer to the Service Manual. DIAg:STATE, SAVe:IMAGe, SAVe:WAVEform, CH<x>:PRObe:AUTOZero, CH<x>:PRObe:DEGAUSS FACtory, RECAll:SETUp, *RST, TEKSecure MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-517...
  • Page 534 *PUD and NEWpass commands are enabled until the instrument is powered off, or until the FACtory command, the PASSWord command with no arguments, or the *RST command is issued. 2-518 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 535 > 0.0 and ≥1800.0. Examples causes the interface to pause 10 seconds PAUSE 10.0e0;:ACQUIRE:NUMACQ before returning the number of acquisitions. PLOT:ADDNew (No Query Form) This command adds the specified plot. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-519...
  • Page 536 PLOT:LIST? (Query Only) This command lists all currently defined plots. Group Plot Syntax PLOT:LIST? Returns A list of all currently defined plots is returned. Examples might return PLOT:LIST? :PLOT:LIST listing all currently defined plots. PLOT1,PLOT3,PLOT4,PLOT5,PLOT6,PLOT7 2-520 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 537 PLOT:PLOT1:BATHtub:XAXISUnits SECONDS might return SECONDS. PLOT:PLOT1:BATHtub:XAXISUnits? PLOT:PLOT<x>:LABel:COLor This command sets or queries the color of the specified trend label. This command/query only applies to Time Trend plots. Group Plot MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-521...
  • Page 538 :PLOT:PLOT1:LABEL:FONT:BOLD 1 PLOT:PLOT<x>:LABel:FONT:ITALic This command sets or queries the italic state of the specified trend label. This command/query only applies to Time Trend plots. Group Plot Syntax PLOT:PLOT<x>:LABel:FONT:ITALic {<NR1>|OFF|ON} 2-522 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 539 PLOT:PLOT<x>:LABel:FONT:TYPE <QString> Arguments is the font type: Times New Roman, Arial, Frutiger LT Std 55 <QString> Roman, DejaVu Sans, DejaVu Sans Mono, Frutiger LT Std, Monospace, Sans Serif, Serif, Ubuntu, Ubuntu Condensed, and Ubuntu Mono. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-523...
  • Page 540 This command sets or queries the specified trend's label. This command/query only applies to Time Trend plots. Group Plot Syntax PLOT:PLOT<x>:LABel:NAMe <QString> Arguments is the label. <QString> Examples sets the plot name to PLOT:PLOT1:LABel:NAMe "Time Trend number 1" Time Trend number 1. 2-524 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 541 <NR3> the label. Examples sets the Y position to 100. PLOT:PLOT1:LABel:YPOS 100 might return PLOT:PLOT1:LABel:YPOS? :PLOT:PLOT1:LABEL:YPOS indicating the Y position of the label is at the baseline of the waveform. 0.0E+0 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-525...
  • Page 542 1 of plot 1 to measurement 2. PLOT:PLOT1:SOUrce1 MEAS2 might return PLOT:PLOT1:SOUrce1? :PLOT:PLOT1:SOURCE1 MEAS1 indicating the specified source of the specified plot is measurement 1. PLOT:PLOT<x>:SPECtrum:BASE This command sets or queries the spectrum base. Undefined for non-spectrum plots. Group Plot 2-526 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 543 100 dB. PLOT:PLOT<x>:TYPe This command returns the current plot type for the selected plot. Group Plot Syntax PLOT:PLOT<x>:TYPe {NONE|BATHTUB|EYEDIAGRAM|HISTOGRAM| PHASENOISE|SPECTRUM|SSCPROFILE|TIEHISTOGRAM|TIETIMETREND| TIESPECTRUM|TIMETREND|XY|XYZ} Arguments does not create a plot. NONE creates a bathtub plot. BATHTUB MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-527...
  • Page 544 Examples adds POWER1 measurement badge and selects POWER:ADDNEW “POWER1” Switching Loss measurement by default. POWer:DELete (No Query Form) This command deletes the specified power measurement badge. The power measurement badge is specified by x. 2-528 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 545 Requires option 5-PWR, SUP5-PWR, or 5-PS2. Group Power Syntax POWer:POWer<x>:CYCLEAmp:INPUTSOurce {CH<x> | MATH<x> | REF<x>} POWer:POWer<x>:CYCLEAmp:INPUTSOurce? Arguments = A channel specifier; <x> is 1 through 8 and is limited by the number CH<x> of FlexChannels in your instrument. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-529...
  • Page 546 This command sets or queries the input source for cycle maximum measurement in the specified power measurement badge. The power measurement badge is specified by x. Conditions Requires option 5-PWR, SUP5-PWR, or 5-PS2. Group Power 2-530 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 547 CH2 for the power measurement badge Power 1. POWer:POWer<x>:CYCLEPKPK:INPUTSOurce This command sets or queries the input source for cycle peak-to-peak measurement in the specified power measurement badge. The power measurement badge is specified by x. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-531...
  • Page 548 = A math waveform specifier; <x> is ≥1. MATH<x> = A reference waveform specifier; <x> is ≥1. REF<x> Examples sets the input source for cycle POWer:POWer1:CYCTop:INPUTSOurce REF3 top measurement as REF3 for the power measurement badge Power 1. 2-532 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 549 The power measurement badge is specified by x. Conditions Requires option 5-PWR, SUP5-PWR, or 5-PS2. Power Group Syntax POWer:POWer<x>:DIDT:SOURCEEDGEType {RISE | FALL} POWer:POWer<x>:DIDT:SOURCEEDGEType? Examples sets the edge type as rise for POWer:POWer1:DIDT:SOURCEEDGEType RISE the di/dt measurement. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-533...
  • Page 550 The power measurement badge is specified by x. Conditions Requires option 5-PWR, SUP5-PWR, or 5-PS2. Power Group Syntax POWer:POWer<x>:DVDT:SOURCEEDGEType {RISE | FALL} POWer:POWer<x>:DVDT:SOURCEEDGEType? Examples sets the edge type as rise for POWer:POWer1:DVDT:SOURCEEDGEType RISE the dv/dt measurement. 2-534 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 551 FlexChannels in your instrument. = A math waveform specifier; <x> is ≥1. MATH<x> = A reference waveform specifier; <x> is ≥1. REF<x> Examples sets the input source for POWer:POWer1:FREQUENCY:INPUTSOurce REF1 frequency measurement as REF1. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-535...
  • Page 552 This command sets or queries the gating settings for the specified power measurement badge. The power measurement badge is specified by x. Conditions Requires option 5-PWR, SUP5-PWR, or 5-PS2. Group Power Syntax POWer:POWer<x>:GATing:GLOBal {ON | OFF 1 | 0} POWer:POWer<x>:GATing:GLOBal? 2-536 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 553 This command sets or queries the fundamental current method for the harmonics measurement in the specified power measurement badge. The power measurement badge is specified by x. Conditions Requires option 5-PWR, SUP5-PWR, or 5-PS2. Group Power Syntax POWer:POWer<x>:HARMONICS:CMEThod {RATed | MEASured} POWer:POWer<x>:HARMONICS:CMEThod? MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-537...
  • Page 554 This command sets or queries the order value for the harmonics measurement in the specified power measurement badge. The power measurement badge is specified by x. Conditions Requires option 5-PWR, SUP5-PWR, or 5-PS2. Group Power 2-538 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 555 This command sets or queries the input power value for the harmonics measurement in the specified power measurement badge. The power measurement badge is specified by x. Conditions Requires option 5-PWR, SUP5-PWR, or 5-PS2. Group Power Syntax POWer:POWer<x>:HARMONICS:IPOWer <NR1> POWer:POWer<x>:HARMONICS:IPOWer? MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-539...
  • Page 556 POWer:POWer<x>:HARMONICS:ODDEVen This command sets or queries the harmonics value analysis format in the specified power measurement badge. The power measurement badge is specified by x. Conditions Requires option 5-PWR, SUP5-PWR, or 5-PS2. Group Power 2-540 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 557 POWer:POWer<x>:HARMONICS:POWERRating This command sets or queries the power level for the harmonics measurement in the specified power measurement badge. The power measurement badge is specified by x. Conditions Requires option 5-PWR, SUP5-PWR, or 5-PS2. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-541...
  • Page 558 1.5. POWer:POWer<x>:HARMONICS:STANDard This command sets or queries the test mode for harmonics measurement in the specified power measurement badge. The power measurement badge is specified by x. Conditions Requires option 5-PWR, SUP5-PWR, or 5-PS2. 2-542 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 559 This command sets or queries the voltage source for SOA measurement in the specified power measurement badge. The power measurement badge is specified by x. Conditions Requires option 5-PWR, SUP5-PWR, or 5-PS2. Power Group MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-543...
  • Page 560 This command sets or queries the input source for line ripple measurement in the specified power measurement badge. The power measurement badge is specified by x. Conditions Requires option 5-PWR, SUP5-PWR, or 5-PS2. Group Power 2-544 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 561 This command sets or queries the clock edge type for negative duty cycle measurement in the specified power measurement badge. The power measurement badge is specified by x. Conditions Requires option 5-PWR, SUP5-PWR, or 5-PS2. Group Power MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-545...
  • Page 562 This command sets or queries the input source for negative pulse width measurement in the specified power measurement badge. The power measurement badge is specified by x. Conditions Requires option 5-PWR, SUP5-PWR, or 5-PS2. Group Power 2-546 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 563 This command sets or queries the input source for positive duty cycle measurement in the specified power measurement badge. The power measurement badge is specified by x. Conditions Requires option 5-PWR, SUP5-PWR, or 5-PS2. Group Power MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-547...
  • Page 564 This command sets or queries the input source for period measurement in the specified power measurement badge. The power measurement badge is specified by x. Conditions Requires option 5-PWR, SUP5-PWR, or 5-PS2. Group Power 2-548 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 565 This command sets or queries the frequency reference type for power quality measurement in the specified power measurement badge. The power measurement badge is specified by x. Conditions Requires option 5-PWR, SUP5-PWR, or 5-PS2. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-549...
  • Page 566 This command sets or queries the voltage source for power quality measurement in the specified power measurement badge. The power measurement badge is specified by x. Conditions Requires option 5-PWR, SUP5-PWR, or 5-PS2. Power Group 2-550 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 567 POWer:POWer<x>:REFLevels:ABSolute:FALLHigh This command sets or queries the falling edge for high reference level in absolute units for the specified power measurement badge. The power measurement badge is specified by x. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-551...
  • Page 568 Requires option 5-PWR, SUP5-PWR, or 5-PS2. Group Power Syntax POWer:POWer<x>:REFLevels:ABSolute:FALLLow <NR1> POWer:POWer<x>:REFLevels:ABSolute:FALLLow? Related Commands POWer:POWer<x>:REFLevels:METHod, POWer:POWer<x>:REFLevels: ABSolute:TYPE Arguments ranges from –40000 to 40000 <NR1> Examples sets the low reference POWer:POWer1:REFLevels:ABSolute:FALLLow –1 level for falling edge as –1 volt. 2-552 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 569 This command sets or queries the absolute hysteresis value for the specified power measurement badge. The power measurement badge is specified by x. Conditions Requires option 5-PWR, SUP5-PWR, or 5-PS2. Group Power Syntax POWer:POWer<x>:REFLevels:ABSolute:HYSTeresis <NR1> POWer:POWer<x>:REFLevels:ABSolute:HYSTeresis? Related Commands POWer:POWer<x>:REFLevels:METHod Arguments ranges from 0.0000005 to 10 <NR1> MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-553...
  • Page 570 This command sets or queries the rising edge for low reference level in absolute units for the specified power measurement badge. The power measurement badge is specified by x. Conditions Requires option 5-PWR, SUP5-PWR, or 5-PS2. Group Power Syntax POWer:POWer<x>:REFLevels:ABSolute:RISELow <NR1> POWer:POWer<x>:REFLevels:ABSolute:RISELow? 2-554 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 571 This command sets or queries the type of measurement levels when reference level is set to absolute for the specified power measurement badge. The power measurement badge is specified by x. Conditions Requires option 5-PWR, SUP5-PWR, or 5-PS2. Power Group MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-555...
  • Page 572 This command sets or queries the method to configure reference level values for the specified power measurement badge. The power measurement badge is specified by x. Conditions Requires option 5-PWR, SUP5-PWR, or 5-PS2. Power Group 2-556 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 573 This command sets or queries the falling edge for low reference level in percentage for the specified power measurement badge. The power measurement badge is specified by x. Conditions Requires option 5-PWR, SUP5-PWR, or 5-PS2. Group Power MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-557...
  • Page 574 50 percentage. POWer:POWer<x>:REFLevels:PERCent:HYSTeresis This command sets or queries the hysteresis in percentage for the specified power measurement badge. The power measurement badge is specified by x. Conditions Requires option 5-PWR, SUP5-PWR, or 5-PS2. 2-558 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 575 85 percentage. POWer:POWer<x>:REFLevels:PERCent:RISELow This command sets or queries the rising edge for low reference level in percentage for the specified power measurement badge. The power measurement badge is specified by x. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-559...
  • Page 576 Requires option 5-PWR, SUP5-PWR, or 5-PS2. Power Group Syntax POWer:POWer<x>:REFLevels:PERCent:RISEMid <NR1> POWer:POWer<x>:REFLevels:PERCent:RISEMid? Related Commands POWer:POWer<x>:REFLevels:METHod, POWer:POWer<x>:REFLevels:PERCent:TYPE Arguments ranges from 1 to 99. <NR1> Examples sets the mid reference POWer:POWer1:REFLevels:PERCent:RISEMid 55 level for rising edge as 55 percentage. 2-560 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 577 This command queries the maximum value of all acquisitions for the measurement parameter in the specified power measurement badge. The power measurement badge is specified by x. Conditions Requires option 5-PWR, SUP5-PWR, or 5-PS2. Group Power MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-561...
  • Page 578 For Cycle Base measurement, the parameters is “LOW”. For Cycle Max measurement, the parameters is “MAX”. For Cycle Min measurement, the parameters is “MIN”. Examples might return POWer:POWer1:RESUlts:CURRentacq:MAXimum? "TONEnrg" 9.91E+37, indicating the maximum value of Ton Energy for all acquisitions. 2-562 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 579 For Positive Pulse Width measurement, the parameters is “PPULSE”. For Negative Pulse Width measurement, the parameters is “NPULSE”. For Cycle Amplitude measurement, the parameters is “AMPL”. For Cycle Peak–Peak measurement, the parameters is “PKPK”. For Cycle Top measurement, the parameters is “HIGH”. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-563...
  • Page 580 For Line Ripple measurement, the parameters are “LRIPRMS” | “LRIPPKPK”. For Switching Ripple measurement, the parameters are “SWRIPRMS” | “SWRIPPKPK”. For Cycle Period measurement, the parameters is “PRIOD”. For Cycle Frequency measurement, the parameters is “FREQ”. 2-564 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 581 "VCFACTOR" | "IRMS" | "VRMS". For Switching Loss measurement, the parameters are "TONENRG" | "TONLOSS" | "TOFFENRG" | "TOFFLOSS" | "CONDENRG" | "CONDLOSS" | "TTLLOSS" | "TTLENRG". For dV by dt measurement, the parameter is “DVBYDT”. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-565...
  • Page 582 This command queries the population (number of complete cycles) of all acquisitions for the measurement parameter in the specified power measurement badge. The power measurement badge is specified by x. Conditions Requires option 5-PWR, SUP5-PWR, or 5-PS2. Group Power Syntax POWer:POWer<x>:RESUlts:ALLAcqs:POPUlation? <QString> 2-566 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 583 For Cycle Max measurement, the parameters is “MAX”. For Cycle Min measurement, the parameters is “MIN”. Examples might POWer:POWer1:RESUlts:CURRentacq:POPUlation? “CondEnrg” return 9.91E+37, indicating the population (number of complete cycles) of conduction energy for all acquisitions. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-567...
  • Page 584 For Positive Pulse Width measurement, the parameters is “PPULSE”. For Negative Pulse Width measurement, the parameters is “NPULSE”. For Cycle Amplitude measurement, the parameters is “AMPL”. For Cycle Peak–Peak measurement, the parameters is “PKPK”. For Cycle Top measurement, the parameters is “HIGH”. 2-568 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 585 The power measurement badge is specified by x. Conditions Requires option 5-PWR, SUP5-PWR, or 5-PS2. Power Group Syntax POWer:POWer<x>:RESUlts:CURRentacq:F3MAG? "harmonics" Examples might return POWer:POWer1:RESUlts:CURRentacq:f3MAG? "harmonics" 234.0187140104806E-6, indicating the value of third harmonics magnitude for the power measurement badge 1. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-569...
  • Page 586 This command queries the maximum value of the current acquisition for the measurement parameter in the specified power measurement badge. The power measurement badge is specified by x. Conditions Requires option 5-PWR, SUP5-PWR, or 5-PS2. 2-570 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 587 For Cycle Base measurement, the parameters is “LOW”. For Cycle Max measurement, the parameters is “MAX”. For Cycle Min measurement, the parameters is “MIN”. Examples might POWer:POWer1:RESUlts:CURRentacq:MAXimum? "TONEnrg" return 9.91E+37, indicating the maximum value of Ton Energy for the current acquisition. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-571...
  • Page 588 For Positive Pulse Width measurement, the parameters is “PPULSE”. For Negative Pulse Width measurement, the parameters is “NPULSE”. For Cycle Amplitude measurement, the parameters is “AMPL”. For Cycle Peak–Peak measurement, the parameters is “PKPK”. For Cycle Top measurement, the parameters is “HIGH”. 2-572 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 589 For Line Ripple measurement, the parameters are “LRIPRMS” | “LRIPPKPK”. For Switching Ripple measurement, the parameters are “SWRIPRMS” | “SWRIPPKPK”. For Cycle Period measurement, the parameters is “PRIOD”. For Cycle Frequency measurement, the parameters is “FREQ”. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-573...
  • Page 590 "VCFACTOR" | "IRMS" | "VRMS". For Switching Loss measurement, the parameters are "TONENRG" | "TONLOSS" | "TOFFENRG" | "TOFFLOSS" | "CONDENRG" | "CONDLOSS" | "TTLLOSS" | "TTLENRG". For dV by dt measurement, the parameter is “DVBYDT”. 2-574 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 591 This command queries the limit of partial odd harmonic current for the specified power measurement badge. The power measurement badge is specified by x. Conditions Requires option 5-PWR, SUP5-PWR, or 5-PS2. Group Power Syntax POWer:POWer<x>:RESUlts:CURRentacq:POHCL? "harmonics" MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-575...
  • Page 592 The power measurement badge is specified by x. Conditions Requires option 5-PWR, SUP5-PWR, or 5-PS2. Group Power Syntax POWer:POWer<x>:RESUlts:CURRentacq:POHCS? "harmonics" Examples might return POWer:POWer1:RESUlts:CURRentacq:POHCS? "harmonics" “Pass”, indicating the status of partial odd harmonic current for the power measurement badge 1. 2-576 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 593 For Positive Pulse Width measurement, the parameters is “PPULSE”. For Negative Pulse Width measurement, the parameters is “NPULSE”. For Cycle Amplitude measurement, the parameters is “AMPL”. For Cycle Peak–Peak measurement, the parameters is “PKPK”. For Cycle Top measurement, the parameters is “HIGH”. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-577...
  • Page 594 Conditions Requires option 5-PWR, SUP5-PWR, or 5-PS2. Group Power Syntax POWer:POWer<x>:RESUlts:CURRentacq:STATUS? "harmonics" Examples might return POWer:POWer1:RESUlts:CURRentacq:STATUS? "harmonics" “Pass”, indicating that the measurement has passed according to the standard for the power measurement badge 1. 2-578 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 595 For Positive Pulse Width measurement, the parameters is “PPULSE”. For Negative Pulse Width measurement, the parameters is “NPULSE”. For Cycle Amplitude measurement, the parameters is “AMPL”. For Cycle Peak–Peak measurement, the parameters is “PKPK”. For Cycle Top measurement, the parameters is “HIGH”. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-579...
  • Page 596 This command queries the total harmonic distortion (RMS) value for the specified power measurement badge. The power measurement badge is specified by x. Conditions Requires option 5-PWR, SUP5-PWR, or 5-PS2. Group Power Syntax POWer:POWer<x>:RESUlts:CURRentacq:THDR? "harmonics" 2-580 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 597 The power measurement badge is specified by x. Conditions Requires option 5-PWR, SUP5-PWR, or 5-PS2. Power Group Syntax POWer:POWer<x>:RESUlts:CURRentacq:VRMS? "harmonics" Examples might return POWer:POWer1:RESUlts:CURRentacq:VRMS? "harmonics" 1.4117680233354, indicating the RMS voltage value for the power measurement badge 1. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-581...
  • Page 598 | 14Y | 15Y | 16Y | 17Y | 18Y | 19Y | 20Y | 21Y | 22Y | 23Y | 24Y | 25Y | 26Y | 27Y | 28Y | 29Y | 30Y | 31Y | 32Y ranges from –5000 to 5000 <NR1> 2-582 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 599 The power measurement badge is specified by x. Conditions Requires option 5-PWR, SUP5-PWR, or 5-PS2. Group Power Syntax POWer:POWer<x>:SOA:RECAllmask POWer:POWer<x>:SOA:RECAllmask? Examples might return Tek000.msk, indicating the POWer:POWer1:SOA:RECAllmask? file name of the mask that will be recalled. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-583...
  • Page 600 file name at the configured path. POWer:POWer<x>:SOA:SAVemask:AUTOINCrement This command sets or queries the state of auto-increment for saved SOA mask file names in the specified power measurement badge. The power measurement badge is specified by x. 2-584 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 601 The power measurement badge is specified by x. Conditions Requires option 5-PWR, SUP5-PWR, or 5-PS2. Group Power Syntax POWer:POWer<x>:SOA:SAVemask:FOLDer POWer:POWer<x>:SOA:SAVemask:FOLDer? Examples sets the mask file folder path POWer:POWer1:SOA:SAVemask:FOLDer “C:” for SOA measurement as C drive. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-585...
  • Page 602 Requires option 5-PWR, SUP5-PWR, or 5-PS2. Group Power Syntax POWer:POWer<x>:SWITCHINGLOSS:DEVICEType {MOSFET | BJT} POWer:POWer<x>:SWITCHINGLOSS:DEVICEType? Examples sets the conduction POWer:POWer1:SWITCHINGLOSS:DEVICEType MOSFET calculation method as mosfet for switching loss measurement of the power measurement badge Power 1. 2-586 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 603 This command sets or queries the current level (Ton-Start & Stop) in absolute units for switching loss measurement in the specified power measurement badge. The power measurement badge is specified by x. Conditions Requires option 5-PWR, SUP5-PWR, or 5-PS2. Group Power Syntax POWer:POWer<x>:SWITCHINGLOSS:ILEVELAbs <NR1> POWer:POWer<x>:SWITCHINGLOSS:ILEVELAbs? MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-587...
  • Page 604 This command sets or queries the current source for the switching loss measurement in the specified power measurement badge. The power measurement badge is specified by x. Conditions Requires option 5-PWR, SUP5-PWR, or 5-PS2. Power Group 2-588 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 605 High, Mid, and Low reference levels to specific signal levels. ABSolute Examples sets the level units POWer:POWer1:SWITCHINGLOSS:LEVELUNIts ABSolute as Absolute for switching loss measurement of the power measurement badge Power 1. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-589...
  • Page 606 Select V souce (Source 3), in case of noisy signal. : Select this option when input DUT signals are from Power Factor Correction Circuit. For this case, V source is mandatory. 2-590 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 607 This command sets or queries the gate voltage value (V Level Ton-Start) for the switching loss measurement in the specified power measurement badge. The power measurement badge is specified by x. Conditions Requires option 5-PWR, SUP5-PWR, or 5-PS2. Group Power MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-591...
  • Page 608 This command sets or queries the voltage level (Ton-Start & Stop) in percentage for switching loss measurement in the specified power measurement badge. The power measurement badge is specified by x. Conditions Requires option 5-PWR, SUP5-PWR, or 5-PS2. Group Power 2-592 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 609 POWer:POWer1:SWITCHINGLOSS:VSOURce REF1 for the switching loss measurement in the specified power measurement badge as REF1. might return REF3 indicating the POWer:POWer2:SWITCHINGLOSS:VSOURce? voltage source for switching loss measurement of Power 2 power measurement badge. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-593...
  • Page 610 The power measurement badge is specified by x. Conditions Requires option 5-PWR, SUP5-PWR, or 5-PS2. Group Power Syntax POWer:POWer<x>:SWITCHINGRIPPLE:LFREQuency <NR1> POWer:POWer<x>:SWITCHINGRIPPLE:LFREQuency? Arguments ranges from 50 to 1000000 <NR1> 2-594 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 611 This command adds the power harmonics table. The power measurement badge is specified by x. Conditions Requires option 5-PWR, SUP5-PWR, or 5-PS2. Group Power Syntax POWERTABle:ADDNew TABLE<x> Arguments must be greater than or equal to one. <x> Examples adds power harmonics table. POWTABle:ADDNew "TABLE1" MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-595...
  • Page 612 0 at power-on. When *PSC is false, the current values in the DESER, SRER, and ESER registers are preserved in nonvolatile memory when power is shut off and are restored at power-on. Group Status and Error 2-596 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 613 100 characters. <QString> Examples stores the string "This *PUD #229This instrument belongs to me instrument belongs to me" in the user protected data area. might return *PUD? #221PROPERTY OF COMPANY X MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-597...
  • Page 614 This command performs the same function as selecting Recall from the File menu, and then choosing the Setup button. Group Save and Recall Syntax RECAll:SETUp {FACtory|<file path>} Related Commands FACtory, *RST 2-598 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 615 file path separator appearing anywhere other than the first character position, then the file name is treated as a path that is relative to the current working directory. is REF<x> which specifies a reference to create from the <destination> recalled waveform data file. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-599...
  • Page 616 Argument is of the form <QString> "REF<NR1>" where NR1 ≥ 1. Examples “REF2” deletes reference 2 from the display. REF:DELETE REF:LIST? (Query Only) This command returns a comma separated list of all currently defined references. 2-600 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 617 This command sets or queries the color of the specified ref label. Group Vertical Syntax REF:REF<x>:LABel:COLor <QString> Arguments is the label. To return the color to the default color, send an empty <QString> string as in this example: :REF:REF1:LABEL:COLOR "" MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-601...
  • Page 618 = 0 disables italic font; any other value turns this feature on. <NR1> disables italic font. enables italic font. Examples turns on the italic font. REF:REF1:LABel:FONT:ITALic ON might return REF:REF1:LABel:FONT:ITALic? indicating the italic font is off. :REF:REF1:LABEL:FONT:ITALIC 0 2-602 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 619 REF:REF1:LABel:FONT:TYPE "Monospace" might return REF:REF1:LABel:FONT:TYPE? :REF:REF1:LABEL:FONT:TYPE "Frutiger LT Std 55 Roman" REF:REF<x>:LABel:FONT:UNDERline This command sets or queries the underline state of the specified reference label. Group Vertical Syntax REF:REF<x>:LABel:FONT:UNDERline {<NR1>|OFF|ON} MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-603...
  • Page 620 This command sets or queries the X-position at which the label (attached to the displayed waveform of the specified reference) is displayed, relative to the left edge of the waveview. The reference waveform is specified by x. Group Vertical Syntax REF:REF<x>:LABel:XPOS <NR1> REF:REF<x>:LABel:XPOS? 2-604 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 621 Reference 2 waveform is currently located at the baseline of the waveform. REF:REF<x>:SOUrce This command sets or queries the filename used by the given reference. Group Vertical Syntax REF:REF<x>:SOUrce <QString> Arguments is the reference file name. <QString> MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-605...
  • Page 622 Group Digital Syntax REF<x>_DALL:LABel:FONT:BOLD {ON|OFF|<NR1>} Arguments argument turns off bold font. argument turns on bold font. = 0 turns off bold font; any other value turns on bold font. <NR1> 2-606 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 623 Group Digital Syntax REF<x>_DALL:LABel:FONT:SIZE <NR1> Arguments is the font size. <NR1> Examples sets the font size to 16 points. REF1_DALL:LABel:FONT:SIZE 16 might return REF1_DALL:LABel:FONT:SIZE? indicating the font size is 20 points. :REF1_DALL:LABEL:FONT:SIZE 20 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-607...
  • Page 624 = 0 turns off underline font; any other value turns on underline font. <NR1> Examples specifies an underlined font. REF1_DALL:LABel:FONT:UNDERline ON might return REF1_DALL:LABel:FONT:UNDERline? indicating underline is :REF1_DALL:LABEL:FONT:UNDERLINE 0 off. 2-608 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 625 45 pixels to the right of the left edge of the display. REF<x>_DALL:LABel:YPOS This command sets or queries the y-position of the label of the specified digital group. The reference is specified by x. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-609...
  • Page 626 :REF1_D1:LABEL:COLOR "#FFFF00" indicating the color is yellow. REF<x>_D<x>:LABel:FONT:BOLD This command sets or queries the bold state of the label of the specified digital bit. The reference is specified by x. Group Digital Syntax REF<x>_D<x>:LABel:FONT:BOLD {ON|OFF|<NR1>} 2-610 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 627 REF<x>_D<x>:LABel:FONT:SIZE This command sets or queries the font size of the label of the specified digital bit. The reference is specified by x. Group Digital Syntax REF<x>_D<x>:LABel:FONT:SIZE <NR1> Arguments is the font size. <NR1> MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-611...
  • Page 628 = 0 turns off underline font; any other value turns on underline font. <NR1> Examples turns on underline font. REF1_D1:LABel:FONT:UNDERline ON ? might return REF1_D1:LABel:FONT:UNDERline indicating the underline font is off. :REF1_D1:LABEL:FONT:UNDERLINE 0 2-612 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 629 45 pixels to the right of the left edge of the waveform. REF<x>_D<x>:LABel:YPOS This command sets or queries the y-position of the label of the specified digital bit. The channel is specified by x. Group Digital MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-613...
  • Page 630 The reference oscillator locks to this source. Depending on the command argument that you specify, you can use an external reference or use the internal crystal oscillator as the time base reference. Group Miscellaneous Syntax ROSc:SOUrce {INTERnal|EXTernal} ROSc:SOUrce? Related Commands ROSc:STATE? 2-614 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 631 This command (no query form) resets the instrument to the factory default settings. This command does the following: Recalls the default instrument setup. Clears the current *DDT command. Disables aliases (:ALIAS:STATE 0). Disables the user password (for the *PUD command). MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-615...
  • Page 632 All user settable settings associated with the commands. :WFMOutpre *RST only resets the programmable interface settings, it does not change the user interface settings. Group Status and Error Syntax *RST Related Commands FACtory, RECAll:SETUp 2-616 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 633 <QString> is the specified file. If a file name or path is specified, the file is expected to be located in a directory relative to the current working directory (specified by FILESystem:CWD) unless a complete path is specified: MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-617...
  • Page 634 Examples “c:/rose_was_here.png” saves the image at the location specified. SAVE:IMAGE SAVe:REPOrt (No Query Form) This command saves a report to the specified file. Supported report formats are PDF and MHT (web page archive file). 2-618 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 635 Syntax SAVe:REPOrt:COMMents <QString> SAVe:REPOrt:COMMents? Arguments is the comments to be included in saved report files. <QString> Examples "Test 3" adds comments to the report. SAVE:REPORT:COMMENTS ? might return SAVE:REPORT:COMMENTS :SAVE:REPORT:COMMENTS "High Temp Test 1" MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-619...
  • Page 636 If a file <QString> name or path is specified, the file is expected to be located in a directory relative to the current working directory (specified by FILESystem:CWD) unless a complete path is specified: 2-620 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 637 SAVe:WAVEform (No Query Form) This command saves the specified waveform(s) to the specified destination file. The waveform source or sources must be active (turned on) to save data to a file. Group Save and Recall MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-621...
  • Page 638 file format to which to save the data: <.ext> Use the .wfm extension to save waveform data to a Tektronix Internal format. Use the .csv extension to save waveform data to a comma separated values spreadsheet format.
  • Page 639 files (named by the SAVEON:FILE:NAME command), when there is a trigger. ? might return SAVEON:FILE:DEST :SAVEON:FILE:DEST ”C:\users\username\Tektronix\TekScope\SaveOnEvent” indicating the drive location where files will be saved when there is a trigger. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-623...
  • Page 640 = 0 disables Save On Image; any other value turns this feature on. <NR1> disables Save On Image. enables Save On Image. Examples sets the oscilloscope to save a screen capture on a specified SAVEON:IMAGE ON trigger. 2-624 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 641 The trigger will cause the instrument to save an image or a waveform to a file, depending on what you specified. For example, if you have set SAVEON:IMAGe to On, and a trigger event occurs, the instrument will save a screen capture. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-625...
  • Page 642 The waveform will be saved to the file you selected with SAVEON:FILE:NAME, in the location that you selected using SAVEON:FILE:DEST. You can set options for file storage (such as file name, file destination, and autoincrement), using commands. SAVEON:FILE Group Save On Syntax SAVEON:WAVEform {<NR1>|ON|OFF} SAVEON:WAVEform? 2-626 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 643 SAVEON:WAVEFORM:FILEFORMAT SPREADSheet spreadsheet. ? might return SAVEON:WAVEFORM:FILEFORMAT indicating the file format is set :SAVEON:WAVEFORM:FILEFORMAT INTERNAL INTERNAL SAVEON:WAVEform:SOURce This command sets or queries the sources for saving waveforms when SAVEON:TRIGger is ON. Group Save On MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-627...
  • Page 644 This command deletes the specified search. Group Search and Mark Syntax SEARCH:DELete <QString> Arguments is the specified search. The argument is of the form " ", <QString> SEARCH<NR1> where is ≥ 1). <NR1> Examples deletes SEARCH 3. SEARCH:DELETE “SEARCH3” 2-628 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 645 SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:NAVigate (No Query Form) This command sets the navigation action for search marks. The action is NONE the default setting when no action is being taken. The search number is specified by <x>. Group Search and Mark MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-629...
  • Page 646 This command specifies a field or condition for an ARINC429 bus to search on. The search number is specified by x. Conditions Requires the SR-AERO Triggering and Analysis application. Group Search and Mark Syntax SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:ARINC429A:CONDition {SOW|LABel|DATa|LABELANDDATA|EOW|ERRor} SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:ARINC429A:CONDition? 2-630 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 647 DATa or LABELANDDATA, and the data qualifier must be INrange or OUTrange. Conditions Requires the SR-AERO Triggering and Analysis application. Group Search and Mark Syntax SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:ARINC429A:DATa:HIVALue <QString> SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:ARINC429A:DATa:HIVALue? Arguments is the label value. <QString> Examples SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:ARINC429A:DATA:HIVALUE sets the value to XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX1000. "XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX1000" MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-631...
  • Page 648 This command sets or queries the low value when searching on an ARINC429 data field. The search number is specified by x. The search condition must be set to DATa or LABELANDDATA. Conditions Requires the SR-AERO Triggering and Analysis application. Group Search and Mark 2-632 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 649 (less than 4 bits idle time between two packets on the bus). Examples sets the SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:ARINC429A:ERRTYPE PARITY error type to match on parity errors. might return SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:ARINC429A:ERRTYPE? ANY, indicating that any error condition will produce a match. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-633...
  • Page 650 ARINC429 bus signal. The search number is specified by x. The search condition must be set to LABel or LABELANDDATA. Conditions Requires the SR-AERO Triggering and Analysis application. Group Search and Mark Syntax SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:ARINC429A: LABel:QUALifier {EQual|UNEQual|LESSthan|MOREthan |LESSEQual|MOREEQual|INrange|OUTrange} SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:ARINC429A:LABel:QUALifier? 2-634 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 651 field. The search number is specified by x. The search condition must be set to DATa or LABELANDDATA, and the data format must be set to DATA. Conditions Requires the SR-AERO Triggering and Analysis application. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-635...
  • Page 652 Requires the SR-AERO Triggering and Analysis application. Group Search and Mark Syntax SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:ARINC429A:SSM:VALue <QString> SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:ARINC429A:SSM:VALue? Arguments is the label value. <QString> Examples sets the SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:ARINC429A:SSM:VALUE "X0" value to X0. might return SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:ARINC429A:SSM:VALUE? "XX", indicating that the value is XX. 2-636 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 653 DATa using SEARCH:SEARCH{x}:TRIGger:A:BUS:AUDio:CONDition Group Search and Mark Syntax SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:AUDio:DATa:HITDMVALue <QString> SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:AUDio:DATa:HITDMVALue? Arguments is the binary data string for the high data word to be used when <QString> searching on an TDM audio bus signal. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-637...
  • Page 654 TDM type audio bus signal. The search condition must be set to DATa using SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:AUDio:TDM:CONDition The search number is specified by <x>. Conditions Requires the SR-AUDIO Triggering and Analysis application. Group Search and Mark Syntax SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:AUDio:DATa:OFFSet <NR1> SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:AUDio:DATa:OFFSet? 2-638 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 655 LESSEQual sets the qualifier to greater than or equal. MOREEQual sets the qualifier to in range. INrange sets the qualifier to out of range. OUTrange Examples SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:AUDio:DATa:QUALifier LESSthan sets the qualifier to LESSthan MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-639...
  • Page 656 The search condition must be set to DATA using SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:AUDio:{NONTdm|TDM}:CONDition The search number is specified by <x>. Conditions Requires the SR-AUDIO Triggering and Analysis application. Group Search and Mark Syntax SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:AUDio:DATa:VALue <QString> SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:AUDio:DATa:VALue? 2-640 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 657 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:AUDio:DATa:WORD? indicating :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:AUDIO:DATA:WORD EITHER the data is aligned either to the left or right. SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:CAN:CONDition This command sets or queries the search condition for a CAN bus. The search number is specified by <x>. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-641...
  • Page 658 WRITE specifies either data direction. NOCARE Examples sets the SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:CAN:DATa:DIRection READ data direction to READ might return SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:CAN:DATa:DIRection? :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:CAN:DATA:DIRECTION NOCARE indicating the data direction is set to either data direction. 2-642 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 659 56 (64 - 8 = 56). SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:CAN:DATa:QUALifier This command sets or queries the CAN bus trigger data qualifier to be used when searching on a CAN bus signal. The search number is specified by <x>. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-643...
  • Page 660 Search and Mark Syntax SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:CAN:DATa:SIZe <NR1> SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:CAN:DATa:SIZe? Arguments specifies the data size. <NR1> Examples sets the data size to 1. SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:CAN:DATa:SIZe 1 might return SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:CAN:DATa:SIZe? , indicating the data :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:CAN:DATA:SIZE 1 size is set to 1. 2-644 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 661 CAN FD form error. To use this option, FORMERRor the CAN standard must be set to FDISO or FDNONISO. specifies a search based on any error type. ANYERRor MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-645...
  • Page 662 CAN bus to search on. The search number is specified by x. The search condition must be set to FDBITS, and the CAN standard must be FDISO or FDNONISO. Conditions Requires the SR-AERO Triggering and Analysis application. 2-646 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 663 Syntax SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:CAN:FRAMEtype {DATa|ERRor|OVERLoad|REMote} SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:CAN:FRAMEtype? Arguments Arguments are the available frame types. Examples sets the frame SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:CAN:FRAMEtype ERROR type to error. might return SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:CAN:FRAMEtype? , indicates the :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:CAN:FRAMETYPE DATA frame type is set to data. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-647...
  • Page 664 CAN bus signal. The search number is specified by <x>. The search condition must be set to IDANDDATA or DATA. Conditions Requires the SR-AUTO Triggering and Analysis application. Group Search and Mark Syntax SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:CAN:IDentifier:VALue <QString> SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:CAN:IDentifier:VALue? Arguments is the identifier value. <QString> 2-648 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 665 – Idle field. IDLe – Frame Check Sequence Error (CRC) field. FCSError – IEEE 802.1Q (VLAN) control information field. QTAG Examples SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:ETHERNET:CONDITION MACADDRESS specifies as the field within an Ethernet frame to search on. MACADDRess MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-649...
  • Page 666 Ethernet data field. The search condition needs to be set to . The search DATa number is specified by <x>. Conditions Requires the SR-ENET Triggering and Analysis application. Group Search and Mark Syntax SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:ETHERnet:DATa:OFFSet <NR1> SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:ETHERnet:DATa:OFFSet? 2-650 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 667 MOREthan sets the qualifier to equal. EQual sets the qualifier to not equal. UNEQual sets the qualifier to less than or equal. LESSEQual sets the qualifier to greater than or equal. MOREEQual MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-651...
  • Page 668 Ethernet data field. SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:ETHERnet:DATa:VALue This command specifies the binary value to use when searching on the Ethernet bus signal. The search condition needs to be set to . The search number is DATa specified by <x>. 2-652 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 669 Ethernet bus signal. The search condition needs to be set to . The search number is specified by <x>. IPHeader Conditions Requires the SR-ENET Triggering and Analysis application. Group Search and Mark Syntax SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:ETHERnet:IPHeader: DESTinationaddr:VALue <QString> SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:ETHERnet:IPHeader: DESTinationaddr:VALue? MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-653...
  • Page 670 8 characters where the allowable characters <QString> are 0, 1, and X. The bits specified in the quoted string replace the least significant bits, leaving any unspecified upper bits unchanged. 2-654 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 671 This command specifies the binary MAC address destination value to use when searching on an Ethernet bus signal. The search condition needs to be set to . The search number is specified by <x>. MACADDRess MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-655...
  • Page 672 Ethernet bus signal. The search condition needs to be set to . The search number is specified by <x>. MACADDRess NOTE. MAC Addresses are 48-bit values such as 08:00:11:1E:C9:AE hex. Conditions Requires the SR-ENET Triggering and Analysis application. Group Search and Mark 2-656 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 673 16 characters where the allowable <QString> characters are 0, 1, and X. The bits specified in the quoted string replace the least significant bits, leaving any unspecified upper bits unchanged. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-657...
  • Page 674 SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:ETHERnet:QTAG:VALue This command specifies the binary Q-tag information to use when searching on an Ethernet bus signal. The search condition needs to be set to . The search QTAG number is specified by <x>. 2-658 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 675 . The search number is specified by <x>. TCPHeader Conditions Requires the SR-ENET Triggering and Analysis application. Group Search and Mark Syntax SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:ETHERnet:TCPHeader:ACKnum: VALue <QString> SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:ETHERnet:TCPHeader:ACKnum: VALue? Related Commands SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:ETHERnet:CONDition MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-659...
  • Page 676 Examples SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:ETHERNET:TCPHEADER: specifies to use the value DESTINATIONPORT:VALUE "XXXXXXXX00100010" of hexadecimal XX22 when searching on the Ethernet TCP header destination port number. SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:ETHERNET:TCPHEADER: might return "XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX", DESTINATIONPORT:VALUE? 2-660 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 677 This command specifies the binary source port value to use when searching on an Ethernet bus signal. The search condition needs to be set to . The TCPHeader search number is specified by <x>. Conditions Requires the SR-ENET Triggering and Analysis application. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-661...
  • Page 678 Requires the SR-AUTO Triggering and Analysis application. Group Search and Mark Syntax SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS: FLEXRAY:CONDition {SOF|FRAMEType| IDentifier|CYCLEcount|HEADer|DATA|IDANDDATA|EOF|ERRor} SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:FLEXRAY:CONDition? Arguments Arguments are the available trigger conditions. Examples sets the SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:FLEXRAY:CONDition SOF trigger condition to start of frame. 2-662 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 679 This command sets or queries the qualifier to be used when searching on a FlexRay bus search cycle count field. The search number is specified by <x>. The search condition must be set to CYCLEcount. Conditions Requires the SR-AUTO Triggering and Analysis application. Group Search and Mark MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-663...
  • Page 680 <QString> Examples SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:FLEXRAY:CYCLEcount:VALue "1010" sets the cycle count value to XX1010. might SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:FLEXRAY:CYCLEcount:VALue? return :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:VALUE , indicating the cycle count value is don’t care, and it will trigger on "XXXXXX" any cycle count. 2-664 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 681 Requires the SR-AUTO Triggering and Analysis application. Group Search and Mark Syntax SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:FLEXRAY:DATa:OFFSet <NR3> SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:FLEXRAY:DATa:OFFSet? Arguments specifies the data offset in bytes. A setting of X/Don’t care is accomplished <NR3> by setting the offset to –1. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-665...
  • Page 682 FlexRay bus data field. The search number is specified by <x>. The search condition must be set to IDANDDATA OR DATA. Conditions Requires the SR-AUTO Triggering and Analysis application. Group Search and Mark 2-666 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 683 "XXXXXXXXXX" SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:FLEXRAY:EOFTYPE This command sets or queries the end of frame type when searching on a FlexRay bus signal. The search number is specified by <x>. The search condition must be set to EOF. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-667...
  • Page 684 ERROR. Conditions Requires the SR-AUTO Triggering and Analysis application. Group Search and Mark Syntax SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:FLEXRAY:ERRTYPE {CRCHeader|CRCTrailer|NULLFRStatic|NULLFRDynamic| SYNCFrame|STARTupnosync} SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:FLEXRAY:ERRTYPE? Arguments Arguments are the available error types. Examples sets the SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:FLEXRAY:ERRTYPE SYNCFRAME error type to SYNCFRAME. 2-668 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 685 The search condition must be set to Identifier. The search number is specified by <x>. Group Search and Mark Syntax SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:FLEXray:FRAMEID: QUALifier {EQual|UNEQual LESSthan|MOREthan|LESSEQual| MOREEQual|INrange|OUTrange} SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:FLEXray:FRAMEID:QUALifier? Arguments Arguments are the available data qualifiers. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-669...
  • Page 686 This command sets or queries the FlexRay bus search frame type. The search number is specified by <x>. Conditions Requires the SR-AUTO Triggering and Analysis application. Group Search and Mark Syntax SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:FLEXray:FRAMEType {NORMal|PAYload|NULL|SYNC|STARTup} SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:FLEXray:FRAMEType? Arguments Arguments are the available frame types. 2-670 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 687 FlexRay bus header. The search number is specified by <x>. The search condition must be set to HEADer. Conditions Requires the SR-AUTO Triggering and Analysis application. Group Search and Mark Syntax SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:FLEXRAY:HEADER:CYCLECount <QString> SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:FLEXRAY:HEADER:CYCLECount? MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-671...
  • Page 688 This command sets or queries the Indicator bits portion of the binary header string when searching on a FlexRay bus header . The search number is specified by <x>. The search condition must be set to HEADer. Conditions Requires the SR-AUTO Triggering and Analysis application. 2-672 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 689 SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:FLEXRAY:HEADER:PAYLENgth <QString> SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:FLEXRAY:HEADER:PAYLENgth? Arguments specifies the header Payload Length. <QString> Examples SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:FLEXRAY:HEADER:PAYLENgth "1010" sets the Payload Length to 1010. ? might SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:FLEXRAY:HEADER:PAYLENgth return :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:FLEXRAY:HEADER:PAYLENGTH , indicating the Payload Length has not been set. "XXXXXXX" MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-673...
  • Page 690 Address or AddressData. The search number is specified by <x>. Conditions Requires the SR-EMBD Triggering and Analysis application. Group Search and Mark Syntax SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:I2C:ADDRess:VALue <QString> SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:I2C:ADDRess:VALue? Related Commands SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:I2C:ADDRess:MODe 2-674 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 691 Start. STARt specifies the trigger condition as Stop. STOP Examples sets the SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:I2C:CONDITION ADDRESS trigger condition for I2C bus trigger search 1 to Address. might return SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:I2C:CONDITION? :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:I2C:CONDITION ADDRANDDATA MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-675...
  • Page 692 The search number is specified by <x>. The search condition must be DATA or ADDRANDDATA. Conditions Requires the SR-EMBD Triggering and Analysis application. Group Search and Mark 2-676 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 693 I2C bus trigger search is "XX" in hexadecimal format. SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:LIN:CONDition This command sets or queries the condition for a LIN bus search. The search number is specified by <x>. Conditions Requires the SR-AUTO Triggering and Analysis application. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-677...
  • Page 694 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:LIN:DATA:HIVALUE? return SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:LIN:DATA:HIVALUE "XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX indicating the high value is "don't care". XXXXXXXXXXXX" SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:LIN:DATa:QUALifier This command sets or queries the data qualifier used in a LIN bus search. The search number is specified by <x>. 2-678 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 695 Search and Mark Syntax SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:LIN:DATa:SIZe <NR1> SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:LIN:DATa:SIZe? Arguments specifies the data size. <NR1> Examples sets the data size SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:LIN:DATa:SIZe 1.0 to 1. might return SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:BUS:LIN:DATa:SIZe? , indicating the data :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:LIN:DATA:SIZE 1 size is 1. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-679...
  • Page 696 Requires the SR-AUTO Triggering and Analysis application. Group Search and Mark Syntax SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:LIN:ERRTYPE {CHecksum|PARity|SYNC} SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:LIN:ERRTYPE? Arguments specifies the error type is checksum. CHecksum specifies the error type is parity. PARity specifies the error type is sync. SYNC 2-680 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 697 MIL-STD-1553 bus. The search number is specified by x. The search condition must be set to COMMAND, and the address qualifier must be INrange or OUTrange. Conditions Requires the SR-AERO Triggering and Analysis application. Group Search and Mark MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-681...
  • Page 698 SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:MIL1553B:COMMAND:ADDRess:VALue This command sets or queries the low value when searching on command word addresses for a MIL-STD-1553 bus. The search number is specified by x. The search condition must be set to COMMAND. 2-682 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 699 Requires the SR-AERO Triggering and Analysis application. Group Search and Mark Syntax SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:MIL1553B:COMMAND:COUNt <QString> SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:MIL1553B:COMMAND:COUNt? Arguments is the word count value. <QString> Examples SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:MIL1553B:COMMAND:COUNT "X1000" sets the value to X1000. might SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:MIL1553B:COMMAND:COUNT? return "XXXXX", indicating that the value is XXXXX. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-683...
  • Page 700 MIL-STD-1553 bus to search on. The search number is specified by x. The search condition must be set to COMMAND. Conditions Requires the SR-AERO Triggering and Analysis application. Group Search and Mark Syntax SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:MIL1553B:COMMAND:SUBADdress <QString> SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:MIL1553B:COMMAND:SUBADdress? 2-684 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 701 SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:MIL1553B:CONDition This command sets or queries the field or condition for a MIL-STD-1553 bus to search on. The search number is specified by x. Conditions Requires the SR-AERO Triggering and Analysis application. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-685...
  • Page 702 filters data words to only match those where the parity bit has a value of 0. ZERo disables filtering of data words on the parity bit. NOCARE Examples specifies SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:MIL1553B:DATA:PARITY ONE filtering data words for those where the parity bit has a value of 1. 2-686 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 703 The search number is specified by x. The search condition must be set to ERRor. Conditions Requires the SR-AERO Triggering and Analysis application. Group Search and Mark Syntax SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:MIL1553B:ERRTYPe {PARity|SYNC|DATA} SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:MIL1553B:ERRTYPe? MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-687...
  • Page 704 SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:MIL1553B:STATus:ADDRess:QUALifier This command sets or queries the qualifier used when searching on status word addresses for a MIL-STD-1553 bus. The search number is specified by x. The search condition must be set to STATus. 2-688 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 705 Group Search and Mark Syntax SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:MIL1553B:STATus:ADDRess:VALue <QString> SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:MIL1553B:STATus:ADDRess: VALue? Arguments is the address value. <QString> Examples SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:MIL1553B:STATUS:ADDRESS:VALUE " sets the value to X1000. "X1000 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:MIL1553B:STATUS:ADDRESS:VALUE? might return "XXXXX", indicating that the value is XXXXX. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-689...
  • Page 706 MIL-STD-1553 bus to search on. The search number is specified by x. The search condition must be set to STATus. Conditions Requires the SR-AERO Triggering and Analysis application. Group Search and Mark Syntax SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:MIL1553B:STATus:BIT:BUSY {ONE ZERo NOCARE} SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:MIL1553B:STATus:BIT:BUSY? 2-690 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 707 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:MIL1553B:STATUS:BIT:DBCA ONE specifies filtering status words for those where the DBCA bit has a value of 1. might SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:MIL1553B:STATUS:BIT:DBCA? return NOCARE, indicating that status words are not being filtered based on the DBCA bit value. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-691...
  • Page 708 MIL-STD-1553 bus to search on. The search number is specified by x. The search condition must be set to STATus. Conditions Requires the SR-AERO Triggering and Analysis application. Group Search and Mark Syntax SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:MIL1553B:STATus:BIT:ME {ONE|ZERo|NOCARE} SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:MIL1553B:STATus:BIT:ME? 2-692 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 709 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:MIL1553B:STATUS:BIT:SRQ ONE specifies filtering status words to those where the SRQ bit has a value of 1. might SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:MIL1553B:STATUS:BIT:SRQ? return NOCARE, indicating that status words are not being filtered based on the SRQ bit value. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-693...
  • Page 710 MIL-STD-1553 bus to search on. The search number is specified by x. The search condition must be set to STATus. Conditions Requires the SR-AERO Triggering and Analysis application. Group Search and Mark Syntax SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:MIL1553B:STATus:BIT:TF {ONE|ZERo|NOCARE} SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:MIL1553B:STATus:BIT:TF? 2-694 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 711 SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:PARallel:DATa:VALue This command sets or queries the binary data string used for a parallel bus search to determine where to place a mark. The search number is specified by <x>. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-695...
  • Page 712 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:RS232C:CONDITION DATA search condition for RS232C bus trigger search 1 to Data. might return SEARCH:SEARCH2:TRIGGER:A:BUS:RS232C:CONDITION? , indicating :SEARCH:SEARCH2:TRIGGER:A:BUS:RS232C:CONDITION EOP that the search condition for RS232C bus trigger search 2 is set to End of Packet. 2-696 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 713 SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:RS232C:DATa:VALue <QString> SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:RS232C:DATa:VALue? Arguments specifies the value of the data string. The valid characters are 0, 1, <QString> and X for values in binary format; and A-F, 0-9, and X for values in hexadecimal format. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-697...
  • Page 714 This command sets or queries the search condition for an SPI bus search to determine where to place a mark. The search number is specified by <x>. Conditions Requires the SR-COMP Serial Triggering and Analysis Application. Group Search and Mark Syntax SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:SPI:CONDition {DATA|SS|STARTofframe} SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:SPI:CONDition? 2-698 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 715 The command sets or queries the binary data string used for an SPI bus search to determine where to place a mark. The search number is specified by <x>. The search condition must be DATA. Conditions Requires the SR-COMP Serial Triggering and Analysis Application. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-699...
  • Page 716 Search and Mark Syntax SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:USB:ADDress:HIVALue <QString> SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:USB:ADDress:HIVALue? Related Commands SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:USB:ADDress:VALue Arguments specifies the data value in the specified valid format. The valid <QString> characters are 0, 1, and X for binary; for hexadecimal; and symbolic). 2-700 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 717 This command sets or queries the search condition for a USB bus search to determine where to place a mark. The search number is specified by <x>. Conditions Requires the SR-USB2 Serial Triggering and Analysis Application. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-701...
  • Page 718 Out of Range qualifiers for a USB bus search to determine where to place a mark. The search number is specified by <x>. The search condition must be set to DATA. Conditions Requires the SR-USB2 Serial Triggering and Analysis Application. Group Search and Mark Syntax SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:USB:DATa:HIVALue <QString> SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:USB:DATa:HIVALue? 2-702 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 719 This command sets or queries the qualifier to be used when searching on a USB bus signal. The search condition must be set to IDANDDATA OR DATA. The search number is specified by <x>. Conditions Requires the SR-USB2 Serial Triggering and Analysis Application. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-703...
  • Page 720 <x>. The search condition must be set to DATA. Conditions Requires the SR-USB2 Serial Triggering and Analysis Application. Group Search and Mark Syntax SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:USB:DATa:SIZe <NR1> SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:USB:DATa:SIZe? Arguments specifies the data size in bytes. <NR1> 2-704 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 721 This command sets or queries the binary data value used for a USB bus search to determine where to place a mark. The search number is specified by <x>. The search condition must be set to DATA. Conditions Requires the SR-USB2 Serial Triggering and Analysis Application. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-705...
  • Page 722 USB bus trigger search 1 to "1111" in binary format. might return SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:USB:ENDPOINT:VALUE? , indicating :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:USB:ENDPOINT:VALUE "1" that the endpoint value for normal token for USB bus trigger search 1 is set to "1" in hexadecimal format. 2-706 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 723 This command sets or queries the handshake type for the specified USB bus trigger search to determine where to place a mark. The search number is specified by <x>. Conditions Requires the SR-USB2 Serial Triggering and Analysis Application. Group Search and Mark Syntax SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:USB:HANDSHAKEType {ACK|ANY|NAK|NYET|STALL} SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:USB:HANDSHAKEType? MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-707...
  • Page 724 SOF for USB bus trigger search 1 to "1001" in symbolic format. might SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:USB:SOFFRAMENUMBER? return :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:USB:SOFFRAMENUMBER , indicating that the frame number string for the SOF for USB "xxxxxxx1001" bus trigger search 1 is set to "XXXXXXX1001" in binary format. 2-708 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 725 This command sets or queries the Endpoint Type value for the specified USB bus trigger search on split token field to determine where to place a mark. The search number is specified by <x>. Conditions Requires the SR-USB2 Serial Triggering and Analysis Application. Group Search and Mark MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-709...
  • Page 726 Examples sets SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:USB:SPLIT:HUB:VALUE "1001" the hub address to "XXX1001". might return SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:USB:SPLIT:HUB:VALUE? (for :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:USB:SPLIT:HUB:VALUE "XX" binary format), indicating that the hub address for the USB bus trigger search on split token field is "XX". 2-710 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 727 <x>. Conditions Requires the SR-USB2 Serial Triggering and Analysis Application. Group Search and Mark Syntax SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:USB:SPLIT:SC:VALue {CSPLIT|NOCARE|SSPLIT} SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:USB:SPLIT:SC:VALue? Arguments specifies Complete (CSPLIT)(1) Start/Complete value. CSPLIT specifies the Start/Complete value as Don’t Care (X). NOCARE MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-711...
  • Page 728 Control/Bulk/Interrupt Low Speed device (1X) Start/End LOWSPEED bit value. Examples sets SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:USB:SPLIT:SE:VALUE ISOSTART the Start/End value for USB bus trigger on split token field search 1 to ISOSTART. might return SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:USB:SPLIT:SE:VALUE? :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:USB:SPLIT:SE:VALUE DONTCARE 2-712 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 729 This command sets or queries the slope for an edge trigger search to determine where to place a mark. The search number is specified by <x>. Group Search and Mark Syntax SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:EDGE:SLOpe {RISe|FALL|EITher} SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:EDGE:SLOpe? MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-713...
  • Page 730 Examples sets the source waveform SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:EDGE:SOURCE CH2 for the A trigger to Channel 2. might return SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:EDGE:SOURCE? , indicating that the :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:EDGE:SOURCE CH2 Channel 2 edge trigger is the source for search 1. 2-714 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 731 Search and Mark Syntax SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:CLOCk:THReshold <NR3> SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:CLOCk:THReshold? Arguments is the logic clock threshold. <NR3> Examples sets SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:CLOCk:THReshold 50.0e-3 the threshold to 50 mV. might return SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:CLOCk:THReshold? :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:CLOCK:THRESHOLD 0.0E+0 indicating the threshold is set to 0.0 V. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-715...
  • Page 732 NANd places a mark if all conditions are false. places a mark if any of the conditions are true. Examples sets the trigger a logic SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:FUNCTION AND function for search 1 to AND. 2-716 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 733 The search number is specified by <x>. Group Search and Mark Syntax SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:LEVel:CH<x> <NR3> SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:LEVel:CH<x>? Arguments is the voltage level to use for logic trigger search. <NR3> Examples sets the level SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:LEVel:CH2 50.0e-3 to 50 mV. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-717...
  • Page 734 <x>. Group Search and Mark Syntax SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:LEVel:REF<x> <NR3> SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:LEVel:REF<x>? Arguments is the voltage level to use for logic trigger search. <NR3> Examples sets the level SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:LEVel:REF1 50.0e-3 to 50.0 mV. 2-718 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 735 The search number is specified by <x>. Group Search and Mark Syntax SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:LOGICPattern:CH<x>_D<x> {H|L|X} SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:LOGICPattern:CH<x>_D<x>? MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-719...
  • Page 736 This command sets or queries the conditions used for generating an A logic pattern, with respect to the defined input pattern, and identifies the time that the selected pattern may be true and still generate the trigger. The search number is specified by <x>. 2-720 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 737 NEGative specifies using either the positive or negative clock edge. EITher Examples sets the polarity SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:POLarity NEGATIVE to negative. might return SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:POLarity? indicating :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:POLARITY POSITIVE the polarity is set to positive. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-721...
  • Page 738 MOREthan searches on an input value that is less than a set value. LESSthan searches on an input value that is equal to a set value. EQual 2-722 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 739 2.0 ns. SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:LOGICQUALification This command specifies whether or not to use logic qualification for a pulse width search. The search number is specified by <x>. Group Search and Mark Syntax SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:LOGICQUALification {ON|OFF} SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:LOGICQUALification? MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-723...
  • Page 740 :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:PULSEWIDTH:LOWLIMIT 1.0000E-9 indicating the low limit is 2.0 ns. SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:POLarity This command specifies the polarity for a pulse width search. The search number is specified by <x>. Group Search and Mark Syntax SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:POLarity {POSitive|NEGative} SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:POLarity? 2-724 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 741 Sets or queries the source threshold level for a pulse width trigger search to determine where to place a mark. The search number is specified by <x>. Group Search and Mark Syntax SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:THReshold <NR3> SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:THReshold? MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-725...
  • Page 742 OUTside by two values. Examples causes a search SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:WHEn Outside when a pulse is detected that is outside the set range. 2-726 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 743 SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:RUNT:POLarity {POSitive|NEGative|EITher} SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:RUNT:POLarity? Arguments specifies using positive polarity for the runt search. POSitive specifies using negative polarity for the runt search. NEGative specifies using either positive or negative polarity for the runt search. EITher MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-727...
  • Page 744 Group Search and Mark Syntax SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:RUNT:THReshold:HIGH <NR3> SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:RUNT:THReshold:HIGH? Arguments is the source threshold HIGH level for a runt trigger search. <NR3> Examples sets the SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:RUNT:THReshold:HIGH 50.0E-3 high threshold to 50 mV. 2-728 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 745 SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:RUNT:WIDth argument sets the oscilloscope to search if the a MOREthan runt pulse is detected with width more than the time set by the command. SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:RUNT:WIDth MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-729...
  • Page 746 1 is set to 0.5 nanoseconds. SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk:EDGE This command sets or queries the clock slope setting for a setup/hold trigger search to determine where to place a mark. The search number is specified by <x>. Group Search and Mark 2-730 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 747 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:CLOCK:SOURCE MATH1 setup/hold trigger clock source setting for search 1 to MATH1. might return SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:CLOCK:SOURCE? , indicating :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:CLOCK:SOURCE CH1 that the setup/hold trigger clock source setting for search 1 is set to CH1. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-731...
  • Page 748 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:HOLDTIME 400E-12 setup/hold trigger hold time setting for search 1 to 400 ps. might return SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:HOLDTIME? :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:HOLDTIME 500.0000E–12 indicating that the setup/hold trigger hold time setting for search 1 is set to 0.5 ns. 2-732 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 749 Arguments isi the voltage level to use for setup & hold trigger search. <NR3> Examples sets the SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:SETHold:LEVel:MATH1 50.0e-3 level to 50.0 mV. might return SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:SETHold:LEVel:MATH1? indicating :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:LEVEL:MATH1 0.0E+0 the level is 0.0 V. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-733...
  • Page 750 SETHOLD inputs in the INCLude specified search. specifies not including the specified channel SETHOLD inputs DONTInclude in the specified search. Examples SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:SETHold:LOGICPattern:CH1 INCLUDE specifies including the specified channel SETHOLD inputs in the specified search. 2-734 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 751 The search number is specified by <x>. Group Search and Mark MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-735...
  • Page 752 INCLude specified search. specifies not including the specified reference SETHOLD inputs DONTInclude in the specified search. Examples SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:SETHold:LOGICPattern:REF1 INCLUDE specifies including the specified reference SETHOLD inputs in the specified search. might SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:SETHold:LOGICPattern:REF1? return :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:LOGICPATTERN:REF1 2-736 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 753 = 1 enables the search. Any other character disables the search. <NR1> enables the search. disables the search. Examples disables the search. SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:STATE OFF might return SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:STATE? indicating search 1 is enabled. :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:STATE 1 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-737...
  • Page 754 The search number is specified by <x>. Group Search and Mark Syntax SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:TIMEOut:LOGICQUALification {ON|OFF} SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:TIMEOut:LOGICQUALification? Arguments specifies to use logic qualification. specifies not to use logic qualification. Examples SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:TIMEOut:LOGICQUALification ON specifies to use logic qualification. 2-738 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 755 HIGH. SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:TIMEOut:SOUrce This command sets and queries the source for timeout search input. The search number is specified by <x>. Group Search and Mark Syntax SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:TIMEOut:SOUrce {CH<x>|CH<x>_D<x>|MATH<x>REF<x>|REF<x>_D<x>] SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:TIMEOut:SOUrce? Arguments Arguments are the available sources. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-739...
  • Page 756 The search number is specified by <x>. Group Search and Mark Syntax SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:TIMEOut:TIMe <NR3> SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:TIMEOut:TIMe? Arguments is the time in seconds. <NR3> Examples sets the timeout SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:TIMEOUT:TIME 400E-9 trigger time setting for search 1 to 400 ns. 2-740 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 757 {ON|OFF} SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:TRANsition:LOGICQUALification? Arguments specifies to use logic qualification for a transition search. specifies not to use logic qualification for a transition search. Examples SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:TRANsition:LOGICQUALification ON specifies to use logic qualification for a transition search. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-741...
  • Page 758 SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:TRANsition:SOUrce This command sets and queries the source for the transition search input. The search number is specified by <x>. Group Search and Mark Syntax SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:TRANsition:SOUrce {CH<x>|MATH<x>|REF<x>} SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:TRANsition:SOUrce? Arguments Arguments are the available sources. 2-742 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 759 The search number is specified by <x>. . Group Search and Mark Syntax SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:TRANsition:THReshold:LOW <NR3> SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:TRANsition:THReshold:LOW? Arguments is the source threshold LOW level for a transition trigger searchk. <NR3> Examples SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:TRANsition:THReshold:LOW -50.0e-3 sets the LOW threshold to -50.0 mV. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-743...
  • Page 760 1 is set to FASTERTHAN. SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:TYPe This command sets or queries the trigger type setting for a search to determine where to place a mark. The search number is specified by <x>. Group Search and Mark 2-744 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 761 Examples sets the trigger type setting for SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:TYPE RUNT search 1 to RUNT. might return SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:TYPE? , indicating that the trigger type :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:TYPE EDGE setting for search 1 is set to EDGE. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-745...
  • Page 762 ( ) without :TRIGger:A:WINdow:WIDTH crossing through either the upper or lower threshold. Examples sets the SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:WINdow:CROSSIng LOWER CROSSING to LOWER. 2-746 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 763 Search and Mark Syntax SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:WINdow:POLarity {UPPer|LOWer|EITher|NONe} SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:WINdow:POLarity? Arguments specifies that the instrument triggers when the signal remains above the UPPer upper threshold for longer than the time limit and then crosses downward through the upper threshold. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-747...
  • Page 764 :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:WINDOW:SOURCE CH3 is channel 3. SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:WINdow:THReshold:HIGH This command sets or queries the source threshold HIGH level for a transition trigger search to determine where to place a mark. The search number is specified by <x>. 2-748 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 765 -50.0 mV. might return SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:WINdow:THReshold:LOW? :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:WINDOW:THRESHOLD:LOW 0.0E+0 indicating the low threshold is 0.0 V. SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:WINdow:WHEn This command sets or queries the window search event. The search number is specified by <x>. Group Search and Mark MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-749...
  • Page 766 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:WINDOW:WIDTH 400E–12 trigger width setting for search 1 to 0.4 ns. might return SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:WINDOW:WIDTH? , indicating :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:WINDOW:WIDTH 500.0000E–12 that the window trigger width setting for search 1 is set to 0.5 ns. 2-750 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 767 This command is identical to the *LRN? command. Group Miscellaneous Syntax SET? Related Commands HEADer, *LRN?, VERBose Examples might return the following response: SET? :ACQUIRE:STOPAFTER RUNSTOP;STATE 1;MODE SAMPLE;NUMENV 10;NUMAVG 16;REPET 1;:FASTACQ:STATE 0;:APPLICATION:GPKNOB1:ACTIVE 0;:APPLICATION:GPKNOB2:ACTIVE 0;:APPLICATION:WINDOW:HEIGHT 236;WIDTH 640;:APPLICATION:SCOPEAPP:STATE RUNNING;WINDOW FULLSCREEN;:APPLICATION:EXTAPP:STATE MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-751...
  • Page 768 Examples On enables the socket server. SOCKETSERVER:ENABLE ? might return indicating SOCKETSERVER:ENABLE :SOCKETSERVER:ENABLE 1 the socket server is enabled. SOCKETServer:PORT This command sets the TCPIP port for the socket server connection. Group Miscellaneous 2-752 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 769 NONe transactions, such as with a VISA socket server. The default setting is NONe. Examples sets the protocol to none. SOCKETSERVER:PROTOCOL NONE might return SOCKETSERVER:PROTOCOL? :SOCKETSERVER:PROTOCOL indicating the protocol is set to terminal. TERMINAL MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-753...
  • Page 770 Registers. Group Status and Error Syntax *STB? Related Commands *CLS, DESE, *ESE, *ESR?, EVENT?, EVMsg?, FACtory, *SRE Returns <NR1> Examples might return 96, showing that the SBR contains the binary value 01100000. *STB? 2-754 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 771 01 to 60. Examples might return , indicating the current time is set TIME?? :TIME "14:05:17" to 2:05 p.m. and 17 seconds. TIMe:ZONe This command sets the time zone to the one specified. Group Miscellaneous MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-755...
  • Page 772 ? might return TIME:ZONE:UTCDELTA :TIME:ZONE:UTCDELTA -8.0000 TOTaluptime? (Query Only) Total number of hours the oscilloscope has been turned on since the NV memory was last programmed, usually during the initial manufacturing process. Group Miscellaneous Syntax TOTaluptime? 2-756 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 773 . To re-enable the front panel, send LOCK ALL;:TOUCHSCREEN:STATE OFF these two commands: . The commands LOCK NONE;:TOUCHSCREEN:STATE ON must be sent in that order. Group Miscellaneous Syntax TOUCHSCReen:STATe {0|1|OFF|ON} TOUCHSCReen:STATe? Related Commands LOCk MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-757...
  • Page 774 Otherwise, this command will be ignored. This is equivalent to pressing the Force button on the front panel. Examples forces a trigger event to occur. TRIGGER FORCE returns the current trigger parameters for the instrument. TRIGGER? 2-758 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 775 first bit of a word. specifies triggering on a matching label. LABel specifies triggering on matching packet data field(s). DATa specifies triggering on a matching label and matching packet LABELANDDATA data field(s). MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-759...
  • Page 776 BUS:Bx:ARINC429A:DATAFORmat. Also, the stored QString is reset to its default value whenever the data field format is changed. Examples TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:ARINC429A:DATA:HIVALUE sets the value to XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX1000. "XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX1000" might return TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:ARINC429A:DATA:HIVALUE? "XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX", indicating that the value is XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX. 2-760 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 777 This command sets or queries the low value when triggering on an ARINC429 data field. The bus number is specified by x. The trigger condition must be set to DATa or LABELANDDATA. Conditions Requires the SR-AERO Triggering and Analysis application. Group Trigger Syntax TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:ARINC429A:DATa:VALue <QString> TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:ARINC429A:DATa:VALue? MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-761...
  • Page 778 (less than 4 bits idle time between two packets on the bus). Examples sets the error type to TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:ARINC429A:ERRTYPE PARITY match on parity errors. might return ANY, indicating that TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:ARINC429A:ERRTYPE? any error condition will produce a match. 2-762 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 779 {EQual|UNEQual|LESSthan|MOREthan |LESSEQual|MOREEQual|INrange|OUTrange} TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:ARINC429A:LABel:QUALifier? Arguments Arguments are the available data qualifiers. NOTE. If the trigger condition is set to LABELANDDATA, the label qualifier will be locked to Equal until the trigger condition is changed again. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-763...
  • Page 780 field. The bus number is specified by x. The trigger condition must be set to DATa or LABELANDDATA, and the data format must be set to DATA. Conditions Requires the SR-AERO Triggering and Analysis application. Group Trigger Syntax TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:ARINC429A:SDI:VALue <QString> TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:ARINC429A:SDI:VALue? 2-764 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 781 This command sets the condition (word select, start of frame, or matching data) to be used when triggering on an audio bus signal. The bus number is specified by <x>. Conditions Requires the SR-AUDIO Triggering and Analysis application. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-765...
  • Page 782 <QString> triggering on an TDM audio bus signal. Examples sets the high value TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:AUDio:DATa:HITDMVALue "1100" to 1100. might TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:AUDio:DATa:HITDMVALue? return :TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:AUDIO:DATA:HITDMVALUE indicating the high value is 1010. "XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX1010" 2-766 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 783 The trigger condition must be set to DATa using TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:AUDio:CONDition. The bus number is specified by <x>. Conditions Requires the SR-AUDIO Triggering and Analysis application. Group Trigger Syntax TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:AUDio:DATa:OFFSet <NR1> TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:AUDio:DATa:OFFSet? MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-767...
  • Page 784 INrange sets the qualifier to out of range. OUTrange Examples sets the qualifier TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:AUDio:DATa:QUALifier LESSTHAN to less than. might return TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:AUDio:DATa:QUALifier? indicating the :TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:AUDIO:DATA:QUALIFIER EQUAL qualifies is set to equal. 2-768 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 785 The bus number is specified by <x>. Conditions Requires the SR-AUDIO Triggering and Analysis application. Group Trigger Syntax TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:AUDio:DATa:VALue <QString> TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:AUDio:DATa:VALue? Arguments specifies the trigger data lower word. <QString> Examples sets the data TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:AUDio:DATa:VALue "11001100101" value to XXXXXXXXXXXXX11001100101. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-769...
  • Page 786 EOF, missing ACK field, bit-stuffing error) to be used when triggering on a CAN bus signal. The bus number is specified by <x>. Conditions Requires the SR-AUTO Triggering and Analysis application. Group Trigger 2-770 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 787 Requires the SR-AUTO Triggering and Analysis application. Group Trigger Syntax TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:CAN:DATa:DIRection {READ|WRITE|NOCARE} TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:CAN:DATa:DIRection? Arguments sets the CAN data direction to READ. READ sets the CAN data direction to WRITE. WRITE sets the CAN data direction to either. NOCARE MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-771...
  • Page 788 7 bytes. If the CAN standard is set for CAN 2.0, and the trigger data size is set to 3, the maximum value for the data offset will be 5 (8 - 3 = 5). 2-772 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 789 TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:DATA:QUALIFIER? , indicating that the :TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:DATA:QUALIFIER LESSTHAN oscilloscope is set to trigger when the data is less than the qualifier value. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-773...
  • Page 790 Conditions Requires the SR-AUTO Triggering and Analysis application. Group Trigger Syntax TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:CAN:DATa:VALue <QString> TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:CAN:DATa:VALue? Arguments is the data value in binary format. The only allowed characters in <QString> are 0, 1, and X. QString 2-774 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 791 CAN bus to triggering on. The bus number is specified by x. The trigger condition must be set to FDBITS, and the CAN standard must be FDISO or FDNONISO. Conditions Requires the SR-AERO Triggering and Analysis application. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-775...
  • Page 792 ZERo of 0 (dominant). disables filtering of CAN FD packets on the ESI bit. NOCARE Examples specifies filtering CAN FD packets TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:FD:ESIBit ONE for those where the ESI bit has a value of 1. 2-776 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 793 CAN bus signal. The trigger condition must be set to IDANDDATA or DATa (using TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:CAN:CONDition). The bus number is specified by <x>. Conditions Requires the SR-AUTO Triggering and Analysis application. Group Trigger MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-777...
  • Page 794 29 bits specifying the binary identifier value. The only <QString> allowed characters in the are 0, 1, and X. QString Examples sets the identifier TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:IDENTIFIER:VALUE "1011" value to 1011. might return TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:IDENTIFIER:VALUE? indicating :TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:IDENTIFIER:VALUE "XXXXXXXXXXX" the identifier values is XXXXXXXXXXX. 2-778 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 795 — IEEE 802.1Q (VLAN) control information field. In order to use QTAG QTAG a trigger condition, the frame type must be set to QTAG ). Examples sets the trigger TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:ETHERnet:CONDition MACADDRess field to MACADDRess might return DATA. TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:ETHERnet:CONDition? MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-779...
  • Page 796 field to look for the data trigger value. It specifies the offset into the data field, in bytes, where the value will be matched. The default is -1 (don’t care). The bus number is specified by <x>. Conditions Requires the SR-ENET Triggering and Analysis application. 2-780 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 797 MOREthan sets the qualifier to equal. EQual sets the qualifier to not equal. UNEQual sets the qualifier to less than or equal. LESSEQual sets the qualifier to greater than or equal. MOREEQual MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-781...
  • Page 798 , and the qualifier is set to DATa LESSthan, MOREthan, EQual, UNEQual, LESSEQual MOREEQual this command specifies the value to trigger on. When the Ethernet trigger condition is set to , and the qualifier is set to DATa INrange OUTrange, 2-782 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 799 The IP destination address is a standard IP address such as 192.168.0.1. The default is all X’s (don’t care). The bus number is specified by <x>. Conditions Requires the SR-ENET Triggering and Analysis application. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-783...
  • Page 800 <x>. NOTE. Commonly used protocol values are 1 (ICMP), 2 (IGMP), 6 (TCP) and 17 (UDP). Conditions Requires the SR-ENET Triggering and Analysis application. Group Trigger Syntax TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:ETHERnet:IPHeader:PROTOcol:VALue <QString> TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:ETHERnet:IPHeader:PROTOcol:VALue? 2-784 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 801 32 characters where the allowable <QString> characters are 0, 1, and X. The bits specified in the quoted string replace the least significant bits, leaving any unspecified upper bits unchanged. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-785...
  • Page 802 0, 1, and X. The bits specified in the quoted string replace the least significant bits, leaving any unspecified upper bits unchanged. Examples TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:ETHERnet:MAC:ADDRess:DESTination:VALue would set the ”XXXXXXXXXX01010111111100000001111010101010101000” MAC destination address to trigger on to XX:35:FC:07:AA:C8 hex. TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:ETHERnet:MAC:ADDRess:DESTination:VALue? might return ”XXXXXXXXXX01010111111100000001111010101010101000” 2-786 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 803 (Use the command TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:ETHERnet:MAC:LENgth:VALue to specify the lower limit of the range.) The default is all X’s (don’t care). The bus number is specified by <x>. Conditions Requires the SR-ENET Triggering and Analysis application. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-787...
  • Page 804 The default is all X’s (don’t care). The bus number is specified by <x>. Conditions Requires the SR-ENET Triggering and Analysis application. Group Trigger Syntax TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:ETHERnet:MAC:LENgth:VALue <QString> TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:ETHERnet:MAC:LENgth:VALue? Related Commands TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:ETHERnet:CONDition TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:ETHERnet:MAC:LENgth:HIVALue 2-788 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 805 0, 1, and X. The bits specified in the quoted string replace the least significant bits, leaving any unspecified upper bits unchanged. Examples TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:ETHERNET:QTAG:VALUE would specify to trigger on the "XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX010010001010" Q-Tag value of hexadecimal XXXXX48A. might return TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:ETHERNET:QTAG:VALUE? "XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX010010001010" MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-789...
  • Page 806 16–bit destination port address value that is to be used in the trigger (along with the acknowledgement value, source port address and the sequence number). The default is all X’s (don’t care). The bus number is specified by <x>. 2-790 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 807 The default is all X’s (don’t care). The bus number is specified by <x>. Conditions Requires the SR-ENET Triggering and Analysis application. Group Trigger Syntax TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:ETHERnet:TCPHeader:SEQnum:VALue <QString> TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:ETHERnet:TCPHeader:SEQnum:VALue? MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-791...
  • Page 808 16 characters where the allowable <QString> characters are 0, 1, and X. The bits specified in the quoted string replace the least significant bits, leaving any unspecified upper bits unchanged. 2-792 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 809 ERRor Examples sets the FlexRay TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CONDITION FRAMETYPE condition to frame type. might return TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CONDITION? indicating the TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CONDITION SOF FlexRay condition is start of frame. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-793...
  • Page 810 FlexRay bus cycle count field. The trigger condition must be set to CYCLEcount (using TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:CONDition).The bus number is specified by <x>. Conditions Requires the SR-AUTO Triggering and Analysis application. Group Trigger Syntax TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:CYCLEcount:QUALifier {LESSthan|MOREthan|EQual|UNEQual|LESSEQual|MOREEQual| INrange|OUTrange} TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:CYCLEcount:QUALifier? 2-794 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 811 Requires the SR-AUTO Triggering and Analysis application. Group Trigger Syntax TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:CYCLEcount:VALue <QString> TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:CYCLEcount:VALue? Arguments is a quoted binary data string that represents the cycle count low <QString> value. Examples sets the TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:VALUE "11001101" cycle count value to 11001101. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-795...
  • Page 812 FlexRay bus data field. The trigger condition needs to be set to ID or IDANDDATA (using TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:CONDition). The bus number is specified by <x>. Conditions Requires the SR-AUTO Triggering and Analysis application. 2-796 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 813 EQual sets the data qualifier to not equal. UNEQual sets the data qualifier to less than or equal. LESSEQual sets the data qualifier to greater than or equal. MOREEQual MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-797...
  • Page 814 This command specifies the low value when triggering on the FlexRay bus data field. (Use TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:DATa:HIVALue to set the upper value.) The trigger condition needs to be set to ID or IDANDDATA (using TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:CONDition). The bus number is specified by <x>. 2-798 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 815 STATIC or DYNAMIC end of file type. Examples sets the FlexRay end of file TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:EOFTYPE ANY type to ANY. might return TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:EOFTYPE? indicating the TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:EOFTYPE STATIC FlexRay end of file type is STATIC MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-799...
  • Page 816 ID field. (Use TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:FRAMEID:VALue to set the low value.) The trigger condition needs to be set to IDentifier (using TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:CONDition). The bus number is specified by <x>. Conditions Requires the SR-AUTO Triggering and Analysis application. 2-800 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 817 ID qualifier to less than or equal. LESSEQual sets the frame ID qualifier to greater than or equal. MOREEQual sets the frame ID qualifier to in range. INrange sets the frame ID qualifier to out of range. OUTrange MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-801...
  • Page 818 FlexRay bus signal. The trigger condition needs to be set to FRAMEType (using TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:CONDition). The bus number is specified by <x>. Conditions Requires the SR-AUTO Triggering and Analysis application. Group Trigger 2-802 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 819 CRC portion of the binary header string. <QString> Examples sets the CRC TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:CRC "11001100101" portion of the binary header string to 11001100101. might return TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:CRC? indicating the TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:CRC "XXXXXXXXXXX" CRC portion of the binary header string is don't care. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-803...
  • Page 820 <x>. Conditions Requires the SR-AUTO Triggering and Analysis application. Group Trigger Syntax TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:HEADER:FRAMEID <QString> TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:HEADER:FRAMEID? Arguments is a quoted string that represents the frame ID portion of the binary <QString> header string. 2-804 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 821 FlexRay bus header. The trigger condition needs to be set to HEADer (using TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:CONDition).The bus number is specified by <x>. Conditions Requires the SR-AUTO Triggering and Analysis application. Group Trigger MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-805...
  • Page 822 7-bit mode. TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:I2C:ADDRess:VALue This command specifies the binary address string used for the I C trigger if the trigger condition is ADDRESS or ADDRANDDATA. The bus number is specified by <x>. 2-806 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 823 REPEATstart specifies a search based on missing acknowledgement condition. ACKMISS specifies a search based on address. ADDRess specifies a search based on data. DATa specifies a search based on address and data. ADDRANDDATA MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-807...
  • Page 824 This command specifies the length of the data string in bytes to be used for an I2C trigger if the trigger condition is DATA or ADDRANDDATA. Applies to bus <x>, where the bus number is specified by <x>. Conditions Requires the SR-EMBD Triggering and Analysis application. 2-808 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 825 TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:I2C:DATa:VALue "11001101" sets the data value to 1100101. TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:I2C:DATa:VALue? might return :TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:I2C:DATA:VALUE "XXXXXXXX" indicating the data value is XXXXXXXX. TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:LIN:CONDition This command specifies the trigger condition for LIN. The bus number is specified by <x>. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-809...
  • Page 826 DATA or IDANDDATA and the data qualifier is INRANGE or OUTRANGE. The bus number is specified by <x>. Conditions Requires the SR-AUTO Triggering and Analysis application. Group Trigger Syntax TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:LIN:DATa:HIVALue <QString> TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:LIN:DATa:HIVALue? 2-810 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 827 LIN data qualifier to greater than or equal. MOREEQual sets the LIN data qualifier to in range. INrange sets the LIN data qualifier to out of range. OUTrange Examples sets the data qualifier TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:QUALIFIER OUTRANGE to out of range. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-811...
  • Page 828 ID or IDANDDATA. The bus number is specified by <x>. Conditions Requires the SR-AUTO Triggering and Analysis application. Group Trigger Syntax TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:LIN:DATa:VALue <QString> TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:LIN:DATa:VALue? Arguments is a quoted string that is the LIN trigger data value. <QString> 2-812 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 829 This command specifies the binary address string used for LIN bus trigger if the trigger condition is ID or IDANDDATA. The bus number is specified by <x>. Conditions Requires the SR-AUTO Triggering and Analysis application. Group Trigger MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-813...
  • Page 830 This command sets or queries the qualifier to be used when triggering on command word addresses for a MIL-STD-1553 bus. The bus number is specified by x. The trigger condition must be set to COMMAND. 2-814 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 831 Requires the SR-AERO Triggering and Analysis application. Group Trigger Syntax TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:MIL1553B:COMMAND:ADDRess:VALue <QString> TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:MIL1553B:COMMAND:ADDRess:VALue? Arguments is the address value. <QString> Examples sets TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:COMMAND:ADDRESS:VALUE "X1000" the value to X1000. might return TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:COMMAND:ADDRESS:VALUE? "XXXXX", indicating that the value is XXXXX. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-815...
  • Page 832 Arguments filters command words to only match those where the parity bit has a value of 1. filters command words to only match those where the parity bit has a value ZERo of 0. 2-816 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 833 This command sets or queries the value of the command word Transmit / Receive bit for a MIL-STD-1553 bus to trigger on. The bus number is specified by x. The trigger condition must be set to COMMAND. Conditions Requires the SR-AERO Triggering and Analysis application. Group Trigger MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-817...
  • Page 834 TIMe specifies triggering on a specified error condition. ERRor Examples specifies finding matching TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:CONDITION DATA data word(s). might return SYNC, indicating TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:CONDITION? that the bus is triggering on sync pulses found in any word. 2-818 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 835 MIL-STD-1553 bus. The bus number is specified by x. The trigger condition must be set to DATA. Conditions Requires the SR-AERO Triggering and Analysis application. Group Trigger Syntax TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:MIL1553B:DATa:VALue <QString> TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:MIL1553B:DATa:VALue? Arguments is the data value. <QString> MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-819...
  • Page 836 MIL-STD-1553 bus. The bus number is specified by x. The trigger condition must be set to STATus and the address qualifier must be INrange or OUTrange. Conditions Requires the SR-AERO Triggering and Analysis application. 2-820 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 837 ADDRess:QUALifier {EQual|UNEQual|LESSthan |MOREthan|LESSEQual|MOREEQual|INrange|OUTrange} TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:MIL1553B:STATus:ADDRess:QUALifier? Arguments Arguments are the available address qualifiers. Examples TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:STATUS:ADDRESS:QUALIFIER LESSTHAN sets the address qualifier to less than. might return TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:STATUS:ADDRESS:QUALIFIER? EQUAL, indicating that the address qualifier is set to equal. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-821...
  • Page 838 MIL-STD-1553 bus. The bus number is specified by x. The trigger condition must be set to STATus. Conditions Requires the SR-AERO Triggering and Analysis application. Group Trigger Syntax TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:MIL1553B:STATus:ADDRess:VALue <QString> TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:MIL1553B:STATus:ADDRess:VALue? Arguments is the address value. <QString> 2-822 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 839 MIL-STD-1553 bus to triggering on. The bus number is specified by x. The trigger condition must be set to STATus. Conditions Requires the SR-AERO Triggering and Analysis application. Group Trigger MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-823...
  • Page 840 filtering TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:STATUS:BIT:DBCA ONE status words for those where the DBCA bit has a value of 1. might return NOCARE, TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:STATUS:BIT:DBCA? indicating that status words are not being filtered based on the DBCA bit value. 2-824 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 841 MIL-STD-1553 bus to triggering on. The bus number is specified by x. The trigger condition must be set to STATus. Conditions Requires the SR-AERO Triggering and Analysis application. Group Trigger Syntax TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:MIL1553B:STATus:BIT:ME {ONE|ZERo|NOCARE} TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:MIL1553B:STATus:BIT:ME? MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-825...
  • Page 842 This command sets or queries the value of the subsystem flag bit (SUBSF bit, bit 17) in a status word for a MIL-STD-1553 bus to triggering on. The bus number is specified by x. The trigger condition must be set to STATus. 2-826 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 843 filters status words to only match those where the TF bit has a value of 1. filters status words to only match those where the TF bit has a value of 0. ZERo disables filtering of status words on the TF bit. NOCARE MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-827...
  • Page 844 / inter message gap time for a MIL-STD-1553 bus. The bus number is specified by x. The trigger condition must be set to TIMe. Conditions Requires the SR-AERO Triggering and Analysis application. Group Trigger 2-828 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 845 (RT) or the inter-message gap (IMG) in seconds. Examples sets the TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:TIME:MORELIMIT 15.0000e-6 upper bound for comparison to 15 microseconds. might return 12.0000E-6, TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:TIME:MORELIMIT? indicating that the upper bound for comparison is set to 12 microseconds. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-829...
  • Page 846 The bus number is specified by <x>. Group Trigger Syntax TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:PARallel:DATa:VALue <QString> TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:PARallel:DATa:VALue? Arguments is the binary data string used for a Parallel Bus trigger. <QString> Examples sets the data TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:PARallel:DATa:VALue "11001101" value to 11001101. 2-830 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 847 This command sets or queries the length of the data string in bytes to be used for an RS-232C trigger when the trigger condition is Data. The bus number is specified by <x>. Conditions Requires the SR-COMP Serial Triggering and Analysis Application. Group Trigger MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-831...
  • Page 848 RS-232 bus trigger is set to "XXXXXX01" TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:SPI:CONDition This command specifies the trigger condition for a SPI trigger. The bus number is specified by <x>. Conditions Requires the SR-COMP Serial Triggering and Analysis Application. 2-832 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 849 TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:SPI:DATa:SIZe? Arguments is the length of the data string in bytes. <NR1> Examples sets the data size to 1 byte. TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:SPI:DATa:SIZe 1 might return TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:SPI:DATa:SIZe? indicating the data size is :TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:SPI:DATA:SIZE 1 1 byte. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-833...
  • Page 850 USB trigger. Use the command TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:USB:ADDRess:VALue to set the lower limit. The bus number is specified by <x>. Conditions Requires the SR-USB2 Serial Triggering and Analysis Application. Group Trigger Syntax TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:USB:ADDRess:HIVALue <QString> TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:USB:ADDRess:HIVALue? Related Commands TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:USB:CONDition, TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:USB:ADDRess:VALue 2-834 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 851 100000 (40 hex). TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:USB:CONDition This command specifies the trigger condition for the USB trigger. The bus number is specified by <x>. Conditions Requires the SR-USB2 Serial Triggering and Analysis Application. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-835...
  • Page 852 USB trigger when the trigger condition is DATA. Use the command TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:USB:DATa:VALue to set the lower limit. The bus number is specified by <x>. Conditions Requires the SR-USB2 Serial Triggering and Analysis Application. Group Trigger 2-836 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 853 <NR1> is number in the range 0 to 1024. Examples sets the data offset to 36. TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:DATA:OFFSET 36 might return TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:DATA:OFFSET? , indicating that the :TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:DATA:OFFSET 0 data offset is the default value, 0. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-837...
  • Page 854 TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:USB:DATa:SIZe This command specifies the number of contiguous data bytes to trigger on. The bus number is specified by <x>. Conditions Requires the SR-USB2 Serial Triggering and Analysis Application. Group Trigger 2-838 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 855 MDATA data packet type when on HIGH speed. MDATA Examples sets the oscilloscope to trigger TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:DATA:TYPE DATA0 on a DATA0 data packet type. might return TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:DATA:TYPE? , indicating that the data packet :TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:DATA:TYPE DATA1 type is set to DATA1. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-839...
  • Page 856 The bus number is specified by <x>. Conditions Requires the SR-USB2 Serial Triggering and Analysis Application. Group Trigger Syntax TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:USB:ENDPoint:VALue <QString> TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:USB:ENDPoint:VALue? Related Commands TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:USB:CONDition Arguments within the range 0000 to 1111 (00 hex to 0F hex). <QString> 2-840 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 857 , indicating the error trigger condition is :TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:TYPE PID packet ID. TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:USB:HANDSHAKEType This command specifies the handshake type for the USB trigger. The bus number is specified by <x>. Conditions Requires the SR-USB2 Serial Triggering and Analysis Application. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-841...
  • Page 858 Token Packet and the token type is Start of Frame. The bus number is specified by <x>. Conditions Requires the SR-USB2 Serial Triggering and Analysis Application. Group Trigger Syntax TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:USB:SOFFRAMENUMber <QString> TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:USB:SOFFRAMENUMber? Related Commands TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:USB:CONDition 2-842 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 859 RESERVed specifies the PID value as Split (1000). SPLit Examples sets the special packet type TRIGGER:A:BUS1:USB:SPECIALTYPE PREAMBLE to preamble. might return TRIGGER:A:BUS1:USB:SPECIALTYPE? , indicating that the special :TRIGGER:A:BUS1:USB:SPECIALTYPE PREAMBLE type is set to preamble. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-843...
  • Page 860 Special with packet type SPLIT. The value can be up to 7 characters long. The default is all X’s (don’t care). The bus number is specified by <x>. Conditions Requires the SR-USB2 Serial Triggering and Analysis Application. Group Trigger 2-844 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 861 7 characters. The valid characters are 0 and 1. QString Examples "001010" sets the split TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:USB:SPLit:PORT:VALue transaction hub address to trigger on to 001010. might return XXXXXXX, TRIGger:A:BUS:B1:USB:SPLit:PORT:VALue? indicating that the hub address value to trigger on doesn’t matter. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-845...
  • Page 862 TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:B<x>:USB:SPLit:SE:VALue When triggering on a high-speed USB split transaction, this command specifies the split transaction start/end bit value to trigger on. The bus number is specified by <x>. 2-846 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 863 — S bit = 1, E bit = 0. LOWSPEED — S bit = 1, E bit = 0. ISOSTART — see note above. ISOMID — see note above. ISOEND — see note above. ISOALL MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-847...
  • Page 864 SETUP. TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:TOKENTYPE SETUP might return TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:TOKENTYPE? if the token type is SOF. :TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:TOKENTYPE SOF TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:SOUrce This command sets or queries the source bus for a bus trigger. Group Trigger Syntax TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:SOUrce B<x> TRIGger:{A|B}:BUS:SOUrce? 2-848 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 865 , indicating that the A edge trigger coupling is set to DC. TRIGger:{A|B}:EDGE:SLOpe This command sets or queries the slope for the edge trigger. This command is equivalent to selecting Edge from the Trigger Type drop-down in the Trigger MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-849...
  • Page 866 CH<x> specifies a digital channel as the edge trigger source. CH<x>_D<y> specifies AC line voltage, and is a valid source when B trigger is inactive. LINE 2-850 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 867 Logic trigger condition to determine if the duration of a logic pattern meets the specified time constraints. Group Trigger Syntax TRIGger:{A|B}:LOGIc:DELTatime <NR3> TRIGger:{A|B}:LOGIc:DELTatime? Arguments <NR3> the Logic trigger delta time value. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-851...
  • Page 868 , indicating that the instrument will trigger if the AND logic conditions NAND are false. TRIGger:{A|B}:LOGIc:INPut:CLOCk:SOUrce This command specifies the channel to use as the clock source for logic trigger. Group Trigger Syntax TRIGger:{A|B}:LOGIc:INPut:CLOCk:SOUrce {CH<x>|CH<x>_D<y>} TRIGger:{A|B}:LOGIc:INPut:CLOCk:SOUrce? 2-852 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 869 TRIGger:A:LOGIc:POLarity EITHER negative. might return :TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:POLARITY TRIGger:A:LOGIc:POLarity? indicating the polarity is set to positive. POSITIVE TRIGger:{A|B}:LOGIc:USECLockedge This command specifies whether or not Logic trigger type uses clock source. Group Trigger Syntax TRIGger:{A|B}:LOGIc:USECLockedge {OFF|ON|0|1} TRIGger:{A|B}:LOGIc:USECLockedge? MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-853...
  • Page 870 UNEQual user defined Time Limit (DELTatime) value. Examples specifies triggering when the input pattern is TRIGger:A:LOGIc:WHEn EQual true for a time period equal to a user defined Time Limit value. 2-854 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 871 This command sets or queries the A or B lower trigger level threshold for the channel, specified by x. Group Trigger Syntax TRIGger:{A|B}:LOWerthreshold:CH<x> <NR3> TRIGger:{A|B}:LOWerthreshold:CH<x>? Related Commands TRIGger:{A|B}:UPPerthreshold:CH<x> Arguments specifies the threshold voltage in user units. <NR3> MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-855...
  • Page 872 TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:HIGHLimit? indicates :TRIGGER:A:PULSEWIDTH:HIGHLIMIT 178.88000E-9 the high limit is set to 178.88 ns. TRIGger:{A|B}:PULSEWidth:LOGICQUALification This command specifies whether or not to use logic qualification for a pulse width trigger. Group Trigger Syntax TRIGger:{A|B}:PULSEWidth:LOGICQUALification {ON|OFF} TRIGger:{A|B}:PULSEWidth:LOGICQUALification? 2-856 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 873 100.0 ns. TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:LOWLimit 100.0E-9 might return TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:HIGHLimit? :TRIGGER:A:PULSEWIDTH:LOWLIMIT 77.7600E-9 indicating the low limit is set to 77.76 ns. TRIGger:{A|B}:PULSEWidth:POLarity This command specifies the polarity for a pulse width trigger. Group Trigger MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-857...
  • Page 874 (set using TRIGger:{A|B}:PULSEWidth:LOWLimit), OR whose width falls outside of or within a specified range of two values (set using TRIGger:{A|B}:PULSEWidth: LOWLimit and TRIGger:{A|B}:PULSEWidth:HIGHLimit). 2-858 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 875 :TRIGger:B:PULSEWidth:WHEn MOREthan generated when a pulse is detected that is greater than the time specified by TRIGger:{A|B}:PULSEWidth:LOWLimit. TRIGger:{A|B}:RUNT:LOGICQUALification This command specifies whether or not to use logic qualification for a runt trigger. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-859...
  • Page 876 TRIGger:A:RUNT:POLarity NEGATIVE pulse runt trigger is negative. might return TRIGger:A:RUNT:POLarity? :TRIGGER:A:RUNT:POLARITY indicating that the polarity of the A pulse runt trigger is positive. POSITIVE TRIGger:{A|B}:RUNT:SOUrce This command specifies the source waveform for the runt trigger. 2-860 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 877 TRIGger:{A|B}:RUNT:WIDth command. argument sets the oscilloscope to trigger if a runt pulse is detected with EQual width equal to the time period specified in TRIGger:{A|B}:RUNT:WIDth within a ±5% tolerance. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-861...
  • Page 878 :TRIGGER:A:PULSE:RUNT:WIDTH indicating that the minimum width of a pulse runt trigger is 2 ns. 2.0000E-09 TRIGger:{A|B}:SETHold:CLOCk:EDGE This command specifies the clock edge polarity for setup and hold triggering. Group Trigger Syntax TRIGger:{A|B}:SETHold:CLOCk:EDGE {FALL|RISe} TRIGger:{A|B}:SETHold:CLOCk:EDGE? 2-862 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 879 TRIGger:{A|B}:SETHold:HOLDTime This command specifies the hold time for setup and hold violation triggering. This command is equivalent to selecting Setup/Hold Setup from the Trig menu and then setting the desired Hold Time. Group Trigger MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-863...
  • Page 880 2 ns. TRIGger:{A|B}:SETHOLDLogicval:{CH<x>|CH<x>_D<x>} This command sets or queries whether the specified channel is included (INCLude) or not included (DONTInclude) in the Setup & Hold trigger input configuration. The channel number is specified by <x>. 2-864 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 881 Group Trigger Syntax TRIGger:{A|B}:TIMEOut:LOGICQUALification {ON|OFF} TRIGger:{A|B}:TIMEOut:LOGICQUALification? Arguments specifies that the timeout trigger type uses logic qualification. specifies that the timeout trigger type does not use logic qualification. Examples specifies using logic TRIGger:A:TIMEOut:LOGICQUALification ON qualification. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-865...
  • Page 882 When triggering using the trigger type, this command specifies the TIMEOut source. The available sources are live channels and digital channels. The default is channel 1. The timeout trigger type is selected using TRIGger:{A|B}:TYPe TIMEOut. Group Trigger 2-866 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 883 TRIGger:{A|B}:TIMEOut:TIMe <NR3> TRIGger:{A|B}:TIMEOut:TIMe? Related Commands TRIGger:{A|B}:TIMEOut:POLarity TRIGger:{A|B}:TIMEOut:SOUrce Arguments is a floating point number that specifies the timeout time, in seconds. <NR3> Examples specifies the timeout time of 4.0 nsec. :TRIGger:A:TIMEOut:TIMe 4.0E-9 might return 8.0000E-9. :TRIGger:A:TIMEOut:TIMe? MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-867...
  • Page 884 Examples specifies using logic TRIGger:A:TRANsition:LOGICQUALification ON qualification. might return TRIGger:A:TRANsition:LOGICQUALification? indicating logic :TRIGGER:A:TRANSITION:LOGICQUALIFICATION OFF qualification is off. 2-868 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 885 TRIGger:{A|B}:TRANsition:SOUrce {CH<x>} TRIGger:{A|B}:TRANsition:SOUrce? Arguments specifies one of the analog channels to be used as the source for a CH<x> transition trigger. Examples sets channel 4 as the source for the TRIGGER:A:TRANSITION:SOURCE CH4 transition trigger. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-869...
  • Page 886 TRIGger:A:TRANsition:DELTatime might return TRIGGER:A:TRANSITION:WHEN? :TRIGGER:A:TRANSITION:WHEN FASTER TRIGger:{A|B}:TYPe This command sets or queries the type of A or B trigger. Group Trigger Syntax TRIGger:{A|B}:TYPe {EDGE|WIDth|TIMEOut|RUNt|WINdow|LOGIc| SETHold|TRANsition|BUS} TRIGger:{A|B}:TYPe? 2-870 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 887 CH<x> range is 1 to 8 and depends on the number of analog channels on your instrument. Group Trigger Syntax TRIGger:{A|B}:UPPerthreshold:CH<x> <NR3> TRIGger:{A|B}:UPPerthreshold:CH<x>? Related Commands TRIGger:{A|B}:LOWerthreshold:CH<x> Arguments specifies the trigger level in user units (usually volts). <NR3> MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-871...
  • Page 888 ( ) without crossing :TRIGger:{A|B}:WINdow:WIDTH through either the upper or lower threshold. If :TRIGger:{A|B}:WINdow:WHEn , the instrument triggers when the signal remains OUTSIDEGreater 2-872 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 889 :TRIGGER:A:WINDOW:LOGICQUALIFICATION OFF qualification is off.? TRIGger:{A|B}:WINdow:SOUrce This command sets or queries the source for a window trigger. NOTE. Digital channels are not supported as window trigger sources. Group Trigger Syntax TRIGger:{A|B}:WINdow:SOUrce {CH<x>} TRIGger:{A|B}:WINdow:SOUrce? MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-873...
  • Page 890 This command sets or queries the minimum width for a window violation. This command is equivalent to selecting Window Setup from the Trig menu, selecting Inside > Limit or Outside > Limit in the Trigger When box, and setting the Time Limit. 2-874 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 891 RANDom Examples sets the holdoff to the "by time" setting. This TRIGGER:A:HOLDOFF:BY TIME enables you to set the holdoff time. might return TRIGGER:A:HOLDOFF:BY? :TRIGGER:A:HOLDOFF:BY TIME indicating that you will set the holdoff time. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-875...
  • Page 892 NANd specifies to trigger if all conditions are false. specifies to trigger if any of the conditions are true. Examples OR specifies to trigger if any of the TRIGGER:A:LOGICQUALIFICATION conditions are true. 2-876 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 893 Auxiliary Input voltage level to use for an edge trigger. Group Trigger Syntax TRIGger:AUXLevel {<NR3>|ECL|TTL} TRIGger:AUXLevel? Arguments is trigger level in Volts. <NR3> sets trigger level to -1.3 Volts. sets trigger level to 1.4 Volts. Returns is trigger level in Volts. <NR3> MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-877...
  • Page 894 This command sets or queries the number of events that must occur before the B trigger. The B trigger event count applies only if TRIGger:B:BY is set to EVENTS. Group Trigger Syntax TRIGger:B:EVENTS:COUNt <NR1> TRIGger:B:EVENTS:COUNt? Related Commands TRIGger:B:STATE 2-878 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 895 Source is set to an analog channel. Group Trigger Syntax TRIGger:B:RESET:EDGE:COUPling {DC|HFRej|LFRej|NOISErej} TRIGger:B:RESET:EDGE:COUPling? Related Commands Arguments selects trigger coupling. selects high frequency low sensitivity. HFRej selects low frequency low sensitivity. LFRej selects low sensitivity. NOISErej MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-879...
  • Page 896 FALL specified to reset the trigger on either the rising or falling edge of a signal. EITHER Examples FALL specifies to reset the trigger on the TRIGGER:B:RESET:EDGE:SLOPE falling or negative edge of a signal. 2-880 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 897 <NR3> Examples 100e-9 sets the time to 100 ns. TRIGGER:B:RESET:TIMEOUT:TIME ? might return TRIGGER:B:RESET:TIMEOUT:TIME :TRIGGER:B:RESET:TIMEOUT:TIME 20.0E-9 indicating the timeout time is set to 20 ns. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-881...
  • Page 898 B trigger is part of the triggering sequence. If the B trigger state is off, then only the A trigger causes the trigger event. Group Trigger Syntax TRIGger:B:STATE {ON|OFF|<NR1>} TRIGger:B:STATE? Related Commands TRIGger:A:MODe 2-882 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 899 , indicating TRIGGER:B:TIME? :TRIGGER:B:TIME 16.0000E-9 that the B trigger time is set to 16 ns. TRIGger:STATE? (Query Only) This query-only command returns the current state of the triggering system. Group Trigger Syntax TRIGger:STATE? MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-883...
  • Page 900 Reverts the instrument settings to a state before the previous command or user interface action. Group Miscellaneous Syntax UNDO Examples reverts the instrument settings to a state before the previous command or UNDO user interface action. 2-884 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 901 USBTMC device will cause USBTMC communication to cease. It is intended to be used via the Ethernet interface to control the USB device interface. Group Miscellaneous Syntax USBDevice:CONFigure {DISabled|USBTmc} USBDevice:CONFigure? Arguments will disable the rear USB port. DISabled enables the rear USB port. USBTmc MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-885...
  • Page 902 :HEADer ON :VERBose ON :ACQuire:MODe? return: :ACQUIRE:MODE SAMPLE With , the query might :HEADer ON :VERBose OFF :ACQuire:MODe? return: :ACQ:MOD SAM With , the query might :HEADer OFF :VERBose ON :ACQuire:MODe? return: SAMPLE 2-886 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 903 0.0 s. VERTical:DESKEW:FROM:SOUrce This command sets or queries the source channel for performing channel-to-channel deskew adjustment. Sources can be any of the analog channels. Group Vertical Syntax VERTical:DESKEW:FROM:SOUrce CH<x> VERTical:DESKEW:FROM:SOUrce? Arguments The vertical deskew source. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-887...
  • Page 904 (TO) probe used for deskew cannot be detected automatically. Examples sets the custom VERTICAL:DESKEW:TO:CUSTOMPROPAGATION 0.25e-9 propagation to 250 ps. might return VERTICAL:DESKEW:TO:CUSTOMPROPAGATION? indicating the custom :VERTICAL:DESKEW:TO:CUSTOMPROPAGATION 0.0E+0 propagation is set to 0.0 ns. 2-888 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 905 OPC message are complete. WAVFrm? (Query Only) This query-only command provides the Tektronix standard waveform query which returns the waveform preamble followed by the waveform data for the MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 906 "s";XINCR 80.0000E-9;XZERO 0.0000;PT_OFF 625;YUNIT "V";YMULT 31.2500E-6;YOFF 0.0000;YZERO 0.0000;NR_FR 3 WFMOutpre:ASC_Fmt? (Query Only) This query returns the format for ASCII data transferred from the instrument. No command form is provided as the format is determined by the data source 2-890 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 907 Arguments number of bits per data point can be 8 or 16. <NR1> Examples sets the number of bits per waveform point to 16 for WFMOUTPRE:BIT_NR 16 incoming RI and RP binary format data. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-891...
  • Page 908 This specification is only meaningful when WFMOutpre:ENCdg is set to BIN, and WFMOutpre:BN_Fmt is set to either RI or RP. Group Waveform Transfer Syntax WFMOutpre:BYT_Nr <NR1> WFMOutpre:BYT_Nr? Related Commands DATa:SOUrce, WFMOutpre:BN_Fmt, WFMOutpre:ENCdg 2-892 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 909 , indicating that WFMOUTPRE:BYT_OR? :WFMOUTPRE:BYT_OR LSB the least significant data byte will be transmitted first. WFMOutpre:DOMain? (Query Only) This query eturns the domain of the outgoing waveform. Group Waveform Transfer Syntax WFMOutpre:DOMain? MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-893...
  • Page 910 WFMOutpre:NR_Pt? (Query Only) This query-only command returns the number of points for the DATa:SOUrce waveform that will be transmitted in response to a CURVe? query. Group Waveform Transfer 2-894 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 911 This query-only command returns the trigger point relative to DATa:STARt the waveform specified by the DATa:SOUrce command. NOTE. This returned value is the point immediately following the actual trigger. Group Waveform Transfer Syntax WFMOutpre:PT_Off? Related Commands DATa:SOUrce, DATa:STARt, WFMOutpre:XZEro? MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-895...
  • Page 912 Horiz Scale A string containing the horizontal scale factor of "100 ms/div" the unzoomed waveform. The numeric portion "10.00 kHz/div" will always be four digits. The examples cover "50.00 c/div" all known internal units. 2-896 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 913 10 µs/point (500 µs/div). WFMOutpre:XUNit? (Query Only) This query-only command returns the horizontal units for the waveform specified by the DATa:SOUrce command. An error is reported if the DATa:SOUrce waveform does not exist. Group Waveform Transfer MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-897...
  • Page 914 WFMOutpre:BYT_Nr important (all non-floating point formats), WFMOutpre:YMUlt? must take the location of the binary point implied by BYT_NR into consideration. An error is reported if the DATa:SOUrce waveform does not exist. Group Waveform Transfer 2-898 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 915 WFMOutpre:YUNit? (Query Only) This query-only command returns the vertical units for the waveform specified by DATa:SOUrce command. An error is reported if the DATa:SOUrce waveform does not exist. Group Waveform Transfer Syntax WFMOutpre:YUNit? Related Commands DATa:SOUrce MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 2-899...
  • Page 916 An error is reported if the DATa:SOUrce waveform does not exist. Group Waveform Transfer Syntax WFMOutpre:YZEro? Related Commands DATa:SOUrce, WFMOutpre:YUNit? Examples might return WFMOUTPRE:YZERO? :WFMOUTPRE:YZERO -100.0000E-3 indicating that vertical offset is set to -100 mV. 2-900 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...

  • Page 917: Status And Events

    SESR register. Reading the register clears the bits of the register so that the register can accumulate information about new events. NOTE. TekVISA applications use SESR bit 6 to respond to any of several events, including some front panel actions. Figure 3-1: The Standard Event Status Register (SESR) MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 918 Obtained from *STB? Master Status Summary. query. Summarizes the ESB and MAV bits in the SBR. Shows that status is enabled and Event Status Bit. present in the SESR. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 919 Figure 3-4: The Event Status Enable Register (ESER) The Service Request Enable Register (SRER). This register controls which bits in the SBR generate a Service Request and are summarized by the Master Status Summary (MSS) bit. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...

  • Page 920: Queues

    first response as well. To avoid this situation, the controller should always read the response immediately after sending any terminated query message or send a DCL (Device Clear) before sending the second query. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...

  • Page 921: Event Handling Sequence

    Event Queue but are not available until *ESR? is used again. Event Handling Sequence The following figure shows how to use the status and event handling system. In the explanation that follows, numbers in parentheses refer to numbers in the figure. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 922 When a bit in the SBR is set to one and the corresponding bit in the SRER is enabled (6), the MSS bit in the SBR is set to one and a service request is generated (7). MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...

  • Page 923: Synchronization Methods

    — setting the timeout sufficiently for the anticipated maximum time for the operation and — handle a timeout appropriately by querying the SESR (*ESR?) and event queue (EVMsg? or ALLEv?). MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 924 RECAll:WAVEform <.ISF or .CSV file >,< REF<x> > :RF:REFLevel AUTO *RST SAVe:IMAGe <file as quoted string> SAVe:SETUp <file as quoted string> SAVe:WAVEform < source wfm >, (< REF<x> >|< file >) TEKSecure :TRIGger:A SETLevel MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 925 If the corresponding status registers are enabled, the *OPC command sets the OPC bit in the Standard Event Status Register (SESR) when an operation is Command complete. You achieve synchronization by using this command with either a serial poll or service request handler. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 926 Enable Register (SRER) using the *SRE command. When the operation is complete, the oscilloscope will generate a Service Request. The same command sequence using the *OPC command for synchronization looks like this /* Set up conditional acquisition */ ACQUIRE:STATE OFF DISPLAY:WAVEVIEW1:CH1:STATE 1 HORIZONTAL:RECORDLENGTH 1000 3-10 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 927 MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:TYPE AMPLITUDE MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:SOURCE CH1 /* Acquire waveform data */ ACQUIRE:STATE ON /* Wait until the acquisition is complete before taking the measurement*/ *OPC? Wait for read from Output Queue. /* Take amplitude measurement */ MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:RESUlts:CURRentacq:MEAN? MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 3-11...
  • Page 928 BUSY Query single-sequence acquisition. The same command sequence, using the BUSY? query for synchronization, looks like this: /* Set up conditional acquisition */ ACQUIRE:STATE OFF DISPLAY:WAVEVIEW1:CH1:STATE 1 HORIZONTAL:RECORDLENGTH 1000 ACQUIRE:MODE SAMPLE ACQUIRE:STOPAFTER SEQUENCE 3-12 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 929 Each message is the result of an event. Each type of event sets a specific bit in the SESR and is controlled by the equivalent bit in the DESER. Thus, each message MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 3-13...
  • Page 930 Undefined header Numeric data error Invalid character in numeric Exponent too large Too many digits Suffix error Invalid suffix Suffix too long Character data error Invalid character data Character data too long String data error 3-14 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 931 Insufficient network printer information Network printer not responding Network printer server not responding Program runtime error 2200 Measurement error, Measurement system error 2201 Measurement error, Zero period 2202 Measurement error, No period, second waveform MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 3-15...
  • Page 932 Source waveform is not active 2245 Saveref error, selected channel is turned off 2250 Reference error, the reference waveform file is invalid 2253 Reference error, too many points received 2254 Reference error, too few points received 3-16 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 933 Table 3-8: System Event Messages Code Message Query event Power on (PON bit 7 set) Operation complete (OPC bit 0 set) User request (URQ bit 6 set) Power fail (DDE bit 3 set) MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 3-17...
  • Page 934 Table 3-10: Execution Warning Messages (EXE Bit 4) Code Message Measurement warning Measurement warning, Low signal amplitude Measurement warning, Unstable histogram Measurement warning, Low resolution Measurement warning, Uncertain edge Measurement warning, Invalid min max Measurement warning, Need 3 edges 3-18 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 935 Measurement warning, Clipping positive Measurement warning, Clipping negative Internal Warning The following table shows internal errors that indicate an internal fault in the oscilloscope. Table 3-11: Internal Warning Messages Code Message Internal warning, 50Ω overload MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer 3-19...
  • Page 936 Status and Events 3-20 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...

  • Page 937: Appendix A: Character Set

    Appendix A: Character Set MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 938 Appendix A: Character Set MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...

  • Page 939: Appendix B: Reserved Words

    AUTOZero BITAMPLITUDE CCRESUlts ADDNew AUTOmatic BITCfgmode CCYCles ADDR10 AUXLevel BITDelay CENTERFREQuency ADDR7 AUXiliary BITEnd ADDRANDDATA AUXout BITHIGH CH1x ADDRess AVAILable BITLOW CHannel ADVanced AVERage BITOrder CHecksum BITPcnt AHPOSition AVPOSition BITRate CHx_Dx ALIas AXPOSition BITSTUFFing CHx_Dy MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 940 FASTframe DHCPbootp CYCLEBase EQUal FBD1 CYCLECount DIAg EQualNOTEQual FBD2 CYCLEMAX DIDT ERISe FBD3 CYCLEMin DIFF ERROr FC1063 CYCLEMode DIFFerential ERRTYPE FC133 CYCLEPKPK FC2125 ERRor CYCLETop DIRacmodel ESCOPEENABle FC266 Chx_Dx DIRection ESIBit FC4250 DAMPing DISPLAYUnits FC531 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 941 HOMEDir FULLColor IPADDress LOGICPattern FULLSPEED HORDer IPHeader LOGICQUALification FULLScreen HORIZontalscale IPOWer LOGICSource FUNCtion HORZ IPVFOUR LOGIc FUNDCURRent HORZPOS IRMS LOOP FW1394BS1600B HORZScale LOOPBandwidth ISCLOCKED FW1394BS400B HORizontal ISOALL LORENtz FW1394BS800B HSOURce ISOEND GAIN HTTPPort ISOMID LOWERFREQuency MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 942 PATTERNTYPe PREVious MIL1553B PATTern PREamble PAUSe PREv MINIMUM NR_Pt PAYLENgth PROBECOntrol MINMax NTIMES PAYLength PROBECal MINUI NULL PAYLoad PROBEFunc MINimum NULLFRDynamic PROTOCol PCIE_GEN1 MIXED NULLFRStatic PCIE_GEN2 PROTOcol MIXEDASCII NUMACQs PCIE_GEN3 PRObe MIXEDHEX NUMACq PCIExpress PT_Fmt MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 943 RISing SEConds SPECIALType RATE92K SELECTED SPECTRAL RATE9K RJDD SELECTIONtype SPECTRALBUJ RCURRent RJDIRAC SELect SPECTRUM RDSOn RJDJ SELected READ RMDir SEQnum SPLIT READFile SPLITMODE SEQuence REAL ROLL SERVICE SPREADSHEET RECAll ROSc SERVICENAMe SPace RECAllmask SERnumber SQUare MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 944 SYNCfield TWOThousand WAVEVIEW1 name SYSTEM WAVEform newworkingdirectorypath TARGETBER TXRX WAVFrm oldfilepathnewfilepath TCPHeader TXRXTHRESHold WEIGht sourcedestination TYPE WFId sourcefiledestination TDMVALue TYPE1 WFMInpre sourcefilepathdestinationfi TEKSecure TYPE2 WFMOutpre wfmwfm TEMPerature UNDERline WFMPre TENBASET UNDO WFMTYPe TENNinety UNEQual WHEn MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...

  • Page 945: Appendix C: Factory Defaults

    ACQUIRE:NUMAVG ACQUIRE:NUMENV INFINITE ACQUIRE:STATE ACQUIRE:STOPAFTER RUNSTOP ACTONEVENT:ACTION:AUXOUT:STATE ACTONEVENT:ACTION:EMAIL:SETUP:TOADDRESS "TestString" ACTONEVENT:ACTION:EMAIL:STATE ACTONEVENT:ACTION:PRINT:STATE ACTONEVENT:ACTION:SAVEIMAGE:STATE ACTONEVENT:ACTION:SAVEWFM:STATE ACTONEVENT:ACTION:SRQ:STATE ACTONEVENT:ACTION:STOPACQ:STATE ACTONEVENT:ACTION:VISUAL:STATE ACTONEVENT:EVENTTYPE NONE ACTONEVENT:NUMACQS ACTONEVENT:REPEATCOUNT 1.0000 AFG:AMPLITUDE 500.0000E-3 AFG:ARBITRARY:EMEM:POINTS:ENCDG ASCII AFG:FREQUENCY 100.0E+3 AFG:FUNCTION SINE AFG:HIGHLEVEL 250.0000E-3 AFG:LEVELPRESET USER AFG:LOWLEVEL -250.0000E-3 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 946 BUS:B1:AUDIO:BITDELAY BUS:B1:AUDIO:BITORDER BUS:B1:AUDIO:CHANNEL:SIZE BUS:B1:AUDIO:CLOCK:POLARITY RISE BUS:B1:AUDIO:CLOCK:SOURCE BUS:B1:AUDIO:DATA:POLARITY NORMAL BUS:B1:AUDIO:DATA:SIZE BUS:B1:AUDIO:DISPLAY:FORMAT SIGNEDDECIMAL BUS:B1:AUDIO:FRAME:SIZE BUS:B1:AUDIO:FRAMESYNC:POLARITY RISE BUS:B1:AUDIO:FRAMESYNC:SOURCE BUS:B1:AUDIO:TYPE BUS:B1:AUDIO:WORDSEL:POLARITY NORMAL BUS:B1:AUDIO:WORDSEL:SOURCE 500000 BUS:B1:CAN:BITRATE 4000000 BUS:B1:CAN:FD:BITRATE BUS:B1:CAN:FD:STANDARD BUS:B1:CAN:PROBE CANH BUS:B1:CAN:SAMPLEPOINT BUS:B1:CAN:SOURCE BUS:B1:CAN:STANDARD CAN2X BUS:B1:DISPLAY:FORMAT HEXADECIMAL BUS:B1:DISPLAY:TYPE BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:BITRATE 10000000 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 947 19200 BUS:B1:LIN:IDFORMAT NOPARITY BUS:B1:LIN:POLARITY NORMAL BUS:B1:LIN:SAMPLEPOINT BUS:B1:LIN:SOURCE BUS:B1:LIN:STANDARD BUS:B1:MIL1553B:POLARITY NORMAL BUS:B1:MIL1553B:RESPONSETIME:MAXIMUM 12.0000E-6 BUS:B1:MIL1553B:RESPONSETIME:MINIMUM 4.0000E-6 BUS:B1:MIL1553B:SOURCE BUS:B1:PARALLEL:BIT0:SOURCE BUS:B1:PARALLEL:BIT10:SOURCE BUS:B1:PARALLEL:BIT11:SOURCE BUS:B1:PARALLEL:BIT12:SOURCE BUS:B1:PARALLEL:BIT13:SOURCE BUS:B1:PARALLEL:BIT14:SOURCE BUS:B1:PARALLEL:BIT15:SOURCE BUS:B1:PARALLEL:BIT16:SOURCE BUS:B1:PARALLEL:BIT17:SOURCE BUS:B1:PARALLEL:BIT18:SOURCE BUS:B1:PARALLEL:BIT19:SOURCE BUS:B1:PARALLEL:BIT1:SOURCE BUS:B1:PARALLEL:BIT2:SOURCE BUS:B1:PARALLEL:BIT3:SOURCE BUS:B1:PARALLEL:BIT4:SOURCE BUS:B1:PARALLEL:BIT5:SOURCE BUS:B1:PARALLEL:BIT6:SOURCE BUS:B1:PARALLEL:BIT7:SOURCE BUS:B1:PARALLEL:BIT8:SOURCE BUS:B1:PARALLEL:BIT9:SOURCE MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 948 NORMAL BUS:B1:RS232C:RX:SOURCE BUS:B1:RS232C:TX:SOURCE BUS:B1:SPI:BITORDER BUS:B1:SPI:CLOCK:POLARITY RISE BUS:B1:SPI:CLOCK:SOURCE BUS:B1:SPI:DATA:IN:POLARITY HIGH BUS:B1:SPI:DATA:IN:SOURCE BUS:B1:SPI:DATA:OUT:POLARITY HIGH BUS:B1:SPI:DATA:OUT:SOURCE BUS:B1:SPI:DATA:SIZE BUS:B1:SPI:FRAMING 5.0000E-6 BUS:B1:SPI:IDLETIME BUS:B1:SPI:SELECT:POLARITY BUS:B1:SPI:SELECT:SOURCE BUS:B1:STATE BUS:B1:TYPE PARALLEL FULL BUS:B1:USB:BITRATE DIFFERENTIAL BUS:B1:USB:PROBE BUS:B1:USB:SOURCE:DIFFERENTIAL BUS:B1:USB:SOURCE:DMINUS BUS:B1:USB:SOURCE:DPLUS BUS:B2:AUDIO:BITDELAY BUS:B2:AUDIO:BITORDER BUS:B2:AUDIO:CHANNEL:SIZE BUS:B2:AUDIO:CLOCK:POLARITY RISE BUS:B2:AUDIO:CLOCK:SOURCE MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 949 BUS:B2:CAN:SAMPLEPOINT BUS:B2:CAN:SOURCE BUS:B2:CAN:STANDARD CAN2X BUS:B2:DISPLAY:FORMAT HEXADECIMAL BUS:B2:DISPLAY:TYPE BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:BITRATE 10000000 BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:CHANNEL BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:SIGNAL BDIFFBP BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:SOURCE BUS:B2:I2C:ADDRESS:RWINCLUDE BUS:B2:I2C:CLOCK:SOURCE BUS:B2:I2C:DATA:SOURCE BUS:B2:LABEL "Parallel" BUS:B2:LIN:BITRATE 19200 BUS:B2:LIN:IDFORMAT NOPARITY BUS:B2:LIN:POLARITY NORMAL BUS:B2:LIN:SAMPLEPOINT BUS:B2:LIN:SOURCE BUS:B2:LIN:STANDARD BUS:B2:MIL1553B:POLARITY NORMAL 12.0000E-6 BUS:B2:MIL1553B:RESPONSETIME:MAXIMUM BUS:B2:MIL1553B:RESPONSETIME:MINIMUM 4.0000E-6 BUS:B2:MIL1553B:SOURCE BUS:B2:PARALLEL:BIT0:SOURCE MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 950 BUS:B2:PARALLEL:BIT1:SOURCE BUS:B2:PARALLEL:BIT2:SOURCE BUS:B2:PARALLEL:BIT3:SOURCE BUS:B2:PARALLEL:BIT4:SOURCE BUS:B2:PARALLEL:BIT5:SOURCE BUS:B2:PARALLEL:BIT6:SOURCE BUS:B2:PARALLEL:BIT7:SOURCE BUS:B2:PARALLEL:BIT8:SOURCE BUS:B2:PARALLEL:BIT9:SOURCE BUS:B2:PARALLEL:CLOCK:EDGE RISING BUS:B2:PARALLEL:CLOCK:ISCLOCKED BUS:B2:PARALLEL:CLOCK:SOURCE BUS:B2:PARALLEL:WIDTH BUS:B2:POSITION 0.0E+0 BUS:B2:RS232C:BITRATE 9600 BUS:B2:RS232C:DATABITS BUS:B2:RS232C:DELIMITER FRAME BUS:B2:RS232C:DISPLAYMODE BUS:B2:RS232C:PARITY NONE BUS:B2:RS232C:POLARITY NORMAL BUS:B2:RS232C:RX:SOURCE BUS:B2:RS232C:TX:SOURCE BUS:B2:SPI:BITORDER BUS:B2:SPI:CLOCK:POLARITY RISE BUS:B2:SPI:CLOCK:SOURCE BUS:B2:SPI:DATA:IN:POLARITY HIGH BUS:B2:SPI:DATA:IN:SOURCE MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 951 0.0E+0 BUS:LOWERTHRESHOLD:REF1 0.0E+0 BUS:LOWERTHRESHOLD:REF2 0.0E+0 BUS:LOWERTHRESHOLD:REF3 0.0E+0 0.0E+0 BUS:LOWERTHRESHOLD:REF4 BUS:UPPERTHRESHOLD:CH1 800.0000E-3 BUS:UPPERTHRESHOLD:CH2 800.0000E-3 BUS:UPPERTHRESHOLD:CH3 800.0000E-3 BUS:UPPERTHRESHOLD:CH4 800.0000E-3 0.0E+0 BUS:UPPERTHRESHOLD:MATH 0.0E+0 BUS:UPPERTHRESHOLD:REF1 BUS:UPPERTHRESHOLD:REF2 0.0E+0 BUS:UPPERTHRESHOLD:REF3 0.0E+0 BUS:UPPERTHRESHOLD:REF4 0.0E+0 CH1:AMPSVIAVOLTS:ENABLE 10.0000 CH1:AMPSVIAVOLTS:FACTOR CH1:BANDWIDTH 1.0000E+9 CH1:COUPLING CH1:DESKEW 0.0E+0 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 952 CH2:POSITION 0.0E+0 CH2:PROBE:FORCEDRANGE 0.0E+0 CH2:PROBE:GAIN 1.0000 CH2:PROBE:PROPDELAY 0.0E+0 100.0000E-3 CH2:SCALE CH2:TERMINATION 1.0000E+6 CH2:YUNITS "V" CH3:AMPSVIAVOLTS:ENABLE CH3:AMPSVIAVOLTS:FACTOR 10.0000 1.0000E+9 CH3:BANDWIDTH CH3:COUPLING CH3:DESKEW 0.0E+0 CH3:INVERT CH3:LABEL "" CH3:OFFSET 0.0E+0 0.0E+0 CH3:POSITION CH3:PROBE:FORCEDRANGE 0.0E+0 CH3:PROBE:GAIN 1.0000 CH3:PROBE:PROPDELAY 0.0E+0 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 953 0.0E+0 CURSOR:HBARS:POSITION2 0.0E+0 CURSOR:HBARS:UNITS BASE INDEPENDENT CURSOR:MODE CURSOR:SOURCE AUTO CURSOR:VBARS:POSITION1 -12.00E-6 CURSOR:VBARS:POSITION2 12.00E-6 CURSOR:VBARS:UNITS SECONDS CURSOR:XY:READOUT RECTANGULAR 0.0E+0 CURSOR:XY:RECTANGULAR:X:POSITION1 CURSOR:XY:RECTANGULAR:X:POSITION2 0.0E+0 CURSOR:XY:RECTANGULAR:Y:POSITION1 0.0E+0 CURSOR:XY:RECTANGULAR:Y:POSITION2 0.0E+0 D0:LABEL "" D0:POSITION 80.0000E-3 D0:THRESHOLD 1.4000 D10:LABEL "" D10:POSITION 80.0000E-3 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 954 D2:POSITION 80.0000E-3 1.4000 D2:THRESHOLD D3:LABEL "" D3:POSITION 80.0000E-3 D3:THRESHOLD 1.4000 D4:LABEL "" D4:POSITION 80.0000E-3 D4:THRESHOLD 1.4000 D5:LABEL "" D5:POSITION 80.0000E-3 D5:THRESHOLD 1.4000 D6:LABEL "" D6:POSITION 80.0000E-3 D6:THRESHOLD 1.4000 D7:LABEL "" D7:POSITION 80.0000E-3 D7:THRESHOLD 1.4000 C-10 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 955 DISPLAY:CLOCK DISPLAY:DIGITAL:ACTIVITY DISPLAY:DIGITAL:HEIGHT MEDIUM FULL DISPLAY:GRATICULE DISPLAY:INTENSITY:BACKLIGHT HIGH DISPLAY:INTENSITY:BACKLIGHT:AUTODIM:ENABLE DISPLAY:INTENSITY:BACKLIGHT:AUTODIM:TIME DISPLAY:INTENSITY:GRATICULE DISPLAY:INTENSITY:WAVEFORM 0.0E+0 DISPLAY:PERSISTENCE DISPLAY:STYLE:DOTSONLY DISPLAY:TRIGFREQUENCY DISPLAY:XY DISPLAY:XY:WITHYT DVM:AUTORANGE DVM:DISPLAYSTYLE FULL DVM:MODE DVM:SOURCE EMAIL:SETUP:FROMADDRESS "TestString" EMAIL:SETUP:HOSTALIASNAME "TestString" EMAIL:SETUP:SMTPLOGIN "TestString" EMAIL:SETUP:SMTPPORT EMAIL:SETUP:SMTPSERVER "TestString" FASTACQ:STATE HEADER MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer C-11...
  • Page 956 MARKER:PEAK:THRESHOLD -50.0000 MARKER:TYPE ABSOLUTE MASK:TEST:SAVEWFM MASK:TEST:SRQ:COMPLETION MASK:TEST:SRQ:FAILURE MASK:TEST:STATE MASK:TEST:STOP:FAILURE MASK:TEST:THRESHOLD MASK:TEST:TIME INFINITE INFINITE MASK:TEST:WAVEFORM MASK:USER:AMPLITUDE 1.0000 MASK:USER:HSCALE 400.0000E-6 MASK:USER:HTRIGPOS 500.0000E-3 MATH:AUTOSCALE MATH:DEFINE "CH1+CH2" MATH:HORIZONTAL:POSITION 50.0000 MATH: 4.0000E-6 MATH:HORIZONTAL:UNITS "s" MATH:LABEL "" MATH:SPECTRAL:MAG MATH:SPECTRAL:WINDOW HANNING C-12 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 957 RISE MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:DELAY:EDGE2 RISE MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:SOURCE1 MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:SOURCE2 MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:STATE MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:TYPE PERIOD MEASUREMENT:MEAS2:DELAY:DIRECTION FORWARDS MEASUREMENT:MEAS2:DELAY:EDGE1 RISE MEASUREMENT:MEAS2:DELAY:EDGE2 RISE MEASUREMENT:MEAS2:SOURCE1 MEASUREMENT:MEAS2:SOURCE2 MEASUREMENT:MEAS2:STATE MEASUREMENT:MEAS2:TYPE PERIOD MEASUREMENT:MEAS3:DELAY:DIRECTION FORWARDS MEASUREMENT:MEAS3:DELAY:EDGE1 RISE MEASUREMENT:MEAS3:DELAY:EDGE2 RISE MEASUREMENT:MEAS3:SOURCE1 MEASUREMENT:MEAS3:SOURCE2 MEASUREMENT:MEAS3:STATE MEASUREMENT:MEAS3:TYPE PERIOD MEASUREMENT:MEAS4:DELAY:DIRECTION FORWARDS MEASUREMENT:MEAS4:DELAY:EDGE1 RISE MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer C-13...
  • Page 958 MESSAGE:STATE PICTBRIDGE:DATEPRINT DEFLT PICTBRIDGE:IDPRINT DEFLT PICTBRIDGE:IMAGESIZE PICTBRIDGE:PAPERSIZE DEFLT PICTBRIDGE:PAPERTYPE DEFLT PICTBRIDGE:PRINTQUAL DEFLT REF1:HORIZONTAL:DELAY:TIME 16.0000E-6 REF1: 4.0000E-6 REF1:VERTICAL:POSITION 0.0E+0 REF1:VERTICAL:SCALE 100.0000E-3 REF2:HORIZONTAL:DELAY:TIME 16.0000E-6 REF2: 4.0000E-6 REF2:VERTICAL:POSITION 0.0E+0 REF2:VERTICAL:SCALE 100.0000E-3 REF3:HORIZONTAL:DELAY:TIME 16.0000E-6 REF3: 4.0000E-6 0.0E+0 REF3:VERTICAL:POSITION C-14 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 959 EQUAL SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:AUDIO:DATA:VALUE "XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX" SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:AUDIO:DATA:WORD EITHER SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:CONDITION SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:DATA:DIRECTION NOCARE SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:DATA:OFFSET SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:DATA:QUALIFIER EQUAL SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:DATA:SIZE SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:DATA:VALUE "XXXXXXXX" SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:FD:BRSBIT SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:FD:ESIBIT SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:FRAMETYPE DATA SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:IDENTIFIER:MODE STANDARD SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:IDENTIFIER:VALUE "XXXXXXXXXXX" SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CONDITION SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:HIVALUE "XXXXXX" SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:QUALIFIER EQUAL SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:VALUE "XXXXXX" SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:HIVALUE "XXXXXXXX" SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:OFFSET SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:QUALIFIER EQUAL MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer C-15...
  • Page 960 NOCARE SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:I2C:DATA:SIZE SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:I2C:DATA:VALUE "XXXXXXXX" SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:CONDITION SYNCFIELD SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:HIVALUE "XXXXXXXX" SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:QUALIFIER EQUAL SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:SIZE SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:VALUE "XXXXXXXX" SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:ERRTYPE SYNC SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:IDENTIFIER:VALUE "XXXXXX" "XXXXX" SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:COMMAND:ADDRESS:HIVALUE SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:COMMAND:ADDRESS:QUALIFIER EQUAL SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:COMMAND:ADDRESS:VALUE "XXXXX" SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:COMMAND:COUNT "XXXXX" SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:COMMAND:PARITY SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:COMMAND:SUBADDRESS "XXXXX" SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:COMMAND:TRBIT SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:CONDITION SYNC SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:DATA:PARITY SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:MIL1553B:DATA:VALUE "XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX" C-16 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 961 MORETHAN SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:PARALLEL:VALUE "XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX" SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:RS232C:CONDITION TXSTART SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:RS232C:RX:DATA:SIZE SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:RS232C:RX:DATA:VALUE "XXXXXXXX" SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:RS232C:TX:DATA:SIZE SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:RS232C:TX:DATA:VALUE "XXXXXXXX" SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:SPI:CONDITION SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:SPI:DATA:MISO:VALUE "XXXXXXXX" SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:SPI:DATA:MOSI:VALUE "XXXXXXXX" SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:SPI:DATA:SIZE SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:ADDRESS:HIVALUE "XXXXXXX" "XXXXXXX" SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:ADDRESS:VALUE SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:CONDITION SYNC SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:DATA:HIVALUE "XXXXXXXX" SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:DATA:OFFSET SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:DATA:SIZE SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:DATA:TYPE "XXXXXXXX" SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:DATA:VALUE SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:ENDPOINT:VALUE "XXXX" SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:ERRTYPE SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:HANDSHAKETYPE MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer C-17...
  • Page 962 DATA SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:CAN:IDENTIFIER:MODE STANDARD SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:CAN:IDENTIFIER:VALUE "XXXXXXXXXXX" SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:CONDITION "XXXXXX" SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:HIVALUE SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:QUALIFIER EQUAL SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:VALUE "XXXXXX" SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:DATA:HIVALUE "XXXXXXXX" SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:DATA:OFFSET SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:DATA:QUALIFIER EQUAL SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:DATA:SIZE SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:DATA:VALUE "XXXXXXXX" SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:EOFTYPE STATIC SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:ERRTYPE CRCHEADER SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:HIVALUE "XXXXXXXXXXX" SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:QUALIFIER EQUAL SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:VALUE "XXXXXXXXXXX" SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:FRAMETYPE NORMAL SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:HEADER:CRC "XXXXXXXXXXX" C-18 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 963 "XXXXXXXX" SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:LIN:ERRTYPE SYNC "XXXXXX" SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:LIN:IDENTIFIER:VALUE SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:MIL1553B:COMMAND:ADDRESS:HIVALUE "XXXXX" SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:MIL1553B:COMMAND:ADDRESS:QUALIFIER EQUAL SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:MIL1553B:COMMAND:ADDRESS:VALUE "XXXXX" SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:MIL1553B:COMMAND:COUNT "XXXXX" SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:MIL1553B:COMMAND:PARITY SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:MIL1553B:COMMAND:SUBADDRESS "XXXXX" SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:MIL1553B:COMMAND:TRBIT SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:MIL1553B:CONDITION SYNC SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:MIL1553B:DATA:PARITY "XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX" SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:MIL1553B:DATA:VALUE PARITY SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:MIL1553B:ERRTYPE SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:MIL1553B:STATUS:ADDRESS:HIVALUE"XXXXX" SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:MIL1553B:STATUS:ADDRESS:QUALIFIER EQUAL SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:MIL1553B:STATUS:ADDRESS:VALUE "XXXXX" SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:MIL1553B:STATUS:BIT:BCR SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:MIL1553B:STATUS:BIT:BUSY SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:MIL1553B:STATUS:BIT:DBCA SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:MIL1553B:STATUS:BIT:INSTR SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:MIL1553B:STATUS:BIT:ME MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer C-19...
  • Page 964 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:SPI:DATA:MOSI:VALUE "XXXXXXXX" SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:SPI:DATA:SIZE "XXXXXXX" SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:USB:ADDRESS:HIVALUE SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:USB:ADDRESS:VALUE "XXXXXXX" SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:USB:CONDITION SYNC SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:USB:DATA:HIVALUE "XXXXXXXX" SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:USB:DATA:OFFSET SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:USB:DATA:SIZE SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:USB:DATA:TYPE SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:USB:DATA:VALUE "XXXXXXXX" SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:USB:ENDPOINT:VALUE "XXXX" SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:USB:ERRTYPE SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:USB:HANDSHAKETYPE SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:USB:QUALIFIER EQUAL SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:USB:SOFFRAMENUMBER "XXXXXXXXXXX" SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:USB:SPECIALTYPE SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:USB:TOKENTYPE SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:SOURCE SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:EDGE:SLOPE RISE SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:EDGE:SOURCE SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LEVEL 0.0E+0 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LEVEL:CH1 0.0E+0 C-20 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 965 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LEVEL:REF3 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LEVEL:REF4 0.0E+0 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:FUNCTION SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:CH1 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:CH2 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:CH3 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:CH4 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:CLOCK:EDGE RISE SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:CLOCK:SOURCE NONE SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:D0 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:D1 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:D10 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:D11 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:D12 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:D13 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:D14 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:D15 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:D2 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:D3 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:D4 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:D5 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:D6 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:D7 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:D8 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:D9 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:MATH SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:REF1 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:REF2 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:REF3 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:REF4 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:INPUT:D0 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer C-21...
  • Page 966 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:THRESHOLD:CH3 0.0E+0 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:THRESHOLD:CH4 0.0E+0 0.0E+0 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:THRESHOLD:MATH SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:THRESHOLD:REF1 0.0E+0 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:THRESHOLD:REF2 0.0E+0 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:THRESHOLD:REF3 0.0E+0 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:THRESHOLD:REF4 0.0E+0 0.0E+0 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:CH1 0.0E+0 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:CH2 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:CH3 0.0E+0 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:CH4 0.0E+0 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:MATH 0.0E+0 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:REF1 0.0E+0 0.0E+0 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:REF2 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:REF3 0.0E+0 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:REF4 0.0E+0 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:PULSEWIDTH:HIGHLIMIT 12.0000E-9 C-22 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 967 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:THRESHOLD:REF2 0.0E+0 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:THRESHOLD:REF3 0.0E+0 0.0E+0 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:THRESHOLD:REF4 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:TIMEOUT:POLARITY STAYSHIGH SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:TIMEOUT:TIME 8.0000E-9 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:TRANSITION:DELTATIME 8.0000E-9 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:TRANSITION:POLARITY POSITIVE SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:TRANSITION:WHEN SLOWER SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:TYPE EDGE SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:UPPERTHRESHOLD:CH1 800.0000E-3 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:UPPERTHRESHOLD:CH2 800.0000E-3 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:UPPERTHRESHOLD:CH3 800.0000E-3 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:UPPERTHRESHOLD:CH4 800.0000E-3 800.0000E-3 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:UPPERTHRESHOLD:MATH SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:UPPERTHRESHOLD:REF1 800.0000E-3 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:UPPERTHRESHOLD:REF2 800.0000E-3 SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:UPPERTHRESHOLD:REF3 800.0000E-3 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer C-23...
  • Page 968 SELECT:BUS2 SELECT:CH1 SELECT:CH2 SELECT:CH3 SELECT:CH4 SELECT:CONTROL SELECT:D0 SELECT:D1 SELECT:D10 SELECT:D11 SELECT:D12 SELECT:D13 SELECT:D14 SELECT:D15 SELECT:D2 SELECT:D3 SELECT:D4 SELECT:D5 SELECT:D6 SELECT:D7 SELECT:D8 SELECT:D9 SELECT:DALL SELECT:MATH SELECT:REF1 SELECT:REF2 SELECT:REF3 SELECT:REF4 TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:AUDIO:CONDITION TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:AUDIO:DATA:HIVALUE "XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX" TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:AUDIO:DATA:OFFSET TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:AUDIO:DATA:QUALIFIER EQUAL C-24 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 969 TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:OFFSET TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:QUALIFIER EQUAL TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:SIZE "XXXXXXXX" TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:VALUE TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:EOFTYPE STATIC TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:ERRTYPE CRCHEADER TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:HIVALUE "XXXXXXXXXXX" TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:QUALIFIER EQUAL "XXXXXXXXXXX" TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:VALUE TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:FRAMETYPE NORMAL TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:CRC "XXXXXXXXXXX" TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:CYCLECOUNT "XXXXXX" TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:FRAMEID "XXXXXXXXXXX" TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:INDBITS "XXXXX" "XXXXXXX" TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:PAYLENGTH TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:I2C:ADDRESS:MODE ADDR7 TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:I2C:ADDRESS:TYPE USER TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:I2C:ADDRESS:VALUE "XXXXXXX" MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer C-25...
  • Page 970 "XXXXXXXX" TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:RS232C:TX:DATA:SIZE "XXXXXXXX" TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:RS232C:TX:DATA:VALUE TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:SPI:CONDITION TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:SPI:DATA:IN:VALUE "XXXXXXXX" TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:SPI:DATA:OUT:VALUE "XXXXXXXX" TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:SPI:DATA:SIZE 0.0E+0 TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:SPI:DATA:START TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:ADDRESS:HIVALUE "XXXXXXX" TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:ADDRESS:VALUE "XXXXXXX" TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:CONDITION SYNC TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:DATA:HIVALUE "XXXXXXXX" TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:DATA:OFFSET TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:DATA:SIZE TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:DATA:TYPE TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:DATA:VALUE "XXXXXXXX" TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:ENDPOINT:VALUE "XXXX" TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:ERRTYPE TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:HANDSHAKETYPE TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:QUALIFIER EQUAL TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:SOFFRAMENUMBER "XXXXXXXXXXX" TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:USB:SPECIALTYPE C-26 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 971 "XXXXXXXXXXX" TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:CONDITION TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:HIVALUE "XXXXXX" TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:QUALIFIER EQUAL "XXXXXX" TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:VALUE TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:DATA:HIVALUE "XXXXXXXX" TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:DATA:OFFSET TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:DATA:QUALIFIER EQUAL TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:DATA:SIZE "XXXXXXXX" TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:DATA:VALUE TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:EOFTYPE STATIC TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:ERRTYPE CRCHEADER TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:HIVALUE "XXXXXXXXXXX" TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:QUALIFIER EQUAL TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:VALUE "XXXXXXXXXXX" TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:FRAMETYPE NORMAL TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:HEADER:CRC "XXXXXXXXXXX" TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:HEADER:CYCLECOUNT "XXXXXX" TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:HEADER:FRAMEID "XXXXXXXXXXX" MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer C-27...
  • Page 972 "XXXXXX" "XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX" TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:PARALLEL:VALUE TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:RS232C:CONDITION TXSTART TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:RS232C:RX:DATA:SIZE TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:RS232C:RX:DATA:VALUE "XXXXXXXX" TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:RS232C:TX:DATA:SIZE "XXXXXXXX" TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:RS232C:TX:DATA:VALUE TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:SPI:CONDITION TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:SPI:DATA:IN:VALUE "XXXXXXXX" TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:SPI:DATA:OUT:VALUE "XXXXXXXX" TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:SPI:DATA:SIZE 0.0E+0 TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:SPI:DATA:START "XXXXXXX" TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:USB:ADDRESS:HIVALUE TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:USB:ADDRESS:VALUE "XXXXXXX" TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:USB:CONDITION SYNC TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:USB:DATA:HIVALUE "XXXXXXXX" TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:USB:DATA:OFFSET TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:USB:DATA:SIZE TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:USB:DATA:TYPE TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:USB:DATA:VALUE "XXXXXXXX" TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:USB:ENDPOINT:VALUE "XXXX" C-28 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 973 1.4000 TRIGGER:A:LEVEL:D1 1.4000 TRIGGER:A:LEVEL:D10 1.4000 1.4000 TRIGGER:A:LEVEL:D11 TRIGGER:A:LEVEL:D12 1.4000 TRIGGER:A:LEVEL:D13 1.4000 TRIGGER:A:LEVEL:D14 1.4000 TRIGGER:A:LEVEL:D15 1.4000 1.4000 TRIGGER:A:LEVEL:D2 1.4000 TRIGGER:A:LEVEL:D3 TRIGGER:A:LEVEL:D4 1.4000 TRIGGER:A:LEVEL:D5 1.4000 TRIGGER:A:LEVEL:D6 1.4000 TRIGGER:A:LEVEL:D7 1.4000 1.4000 TRIGGER:A:LEVEL:D8 TRIGGER:A:LEVEL:D9 1.4000 TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:CLASS LOGIC TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:FUNCTION MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer C-29...
  • Page 974 TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:D6 TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:D7 TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:D8 TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:D9 8.0000E-9 TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:DELTATIME TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:WHEN TRUE TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:WHEN:LESSLIMIT 8.0000E-9 TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:WHEN:MORELIMIT 8.0000E-9 TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:THRESHOLD:CH1 0.0E+0 0.0E+0 TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:THRESHOLD:CH2 0.0E+0 TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:THRESHOLD:CH3 TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:THRESHOLD:CH4 0.0E+0 TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:THRESHOLD:D0 1.4000 TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:THRESHOLD:D1 1.4000 TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:THRESHOLD:D10 1.4000 1.4000 TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:THRESHOLD:D11 TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:THRESHOLD:D12 1.4000 TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:THRESHOLD:D13 1.4000 TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:THRESHOLD:D14 1.4000 C-30 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 975 TRIGGER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D15 1.4000 TRIGGER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D2 1.4000 1.4000 TRIGGER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D3 TRIGGER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D4 1.4000 TRIGGER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D5 1.4000 TRIGGER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D6 1.4000 TRIGGER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D7 1.4000 1.4000 TRIGGER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D8 1.4000 TRIGGER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D9 TRIGGER:A:MODE AUTO TRIGGER:A:PULSE:CLASS WIDTH TRIGGER:A:PULSEWIDTH:HIGHLIMIT 12.0000E-9 TRIGGER:A:PULSEWIDTH:LOWLIMIT 8.0000E-9 TRIGGER:A:PULSEWIDTH:POLARITY POSITIVE TRIGGER:A:PULSEWIDTH:WHEN LESSTHAN TRIGGER:A:PULSEWIDTH:WIDTH 8.0000E-9 TRIGGER:A:RUNT:POLARITY POSITIVE MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer C-31...
  • Page 976 TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:THRESHOLD:D15 1.4000 TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:THRESHOLD:D2 1.4000 1.4000 TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:THRESHOLD:D3 TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:THRESHOLD:D4 1.4000 TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:THRESHOLD:D5 1.4000 TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:THRESHOLD:D6 1.4000 TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:THRESHOLD:D7 1.4000 1.4000 TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:THRESHOLD:D8 1.4000 TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:THRESHOLD:D9 TRIGGER:A:TIMEOUT:POLARITY STAYSHIGH TRIGGER:A:TIMEOUT:TIME 8.0000E-9 TRIGGER:A:TRANSITION:DELTATIME 8.0000E-9 TRIGGER:A:TRANSITION:POLARITY POSITIVE TRIGGER:A:TRANSITION:WHEN SLOWER TRIGGER:A:TYPE EDGE TRIGGER:A:UPPERTHRESHOLD:CH1 800.0000E-3 TRIGGER:A:UPPERTHRESHOLD:CH2 800.0000E-3 C-32 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 977 TRIGGER:B:LEVEL:D2 1.4000 TRIGGER:B:LEVEL:D3 1.4000 1.4000 TRIGGER:B:LEVEL:D4 TRIGGER:B:LEVEL:D5 1.4000 TRIGGER:B:LEVEL:D6 1.4000 TRIGGER:B:LEVEL:D7 1.4000 TRIGGER:B:LEVEL:D8 1.4000 1.4000 TRIGGER:B:LEVEL:D9 0.0E+0 TRIGGER:B:LOWERTHRESHOLD:CH1 TRIGGER:B:LOWERTHRESHOLD:CH2 0.0E+0 TRIGGER:B:LOWERTHRESHOLD:CH3 0.0E+0 TRIGGER:B:LOWERTHRESHOLD:CH4 0.0E+0 TRIGGER:B:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D0 1.4000 1.4000 TRIGGER:B:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D1 TRIGGER:B:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D10 1.4000 TRIGGER:B:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D11 1.4000 TRIGGER:B:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D12 1.4000 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer C-33...
  • Page 978 1.4000 TRIGGER:B:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D14 TRIGGER:B:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D15 1.4000 TRIGGER:B:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D2 1.4000 TRIGGER:B:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D3 1.4000 TRIGGER:B:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D4 1.4000 1.4000 TRIGGER:B:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D5 TRIGGER:B:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D6 1.4000 TRIGGER:B:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D7 1.4000 TRIGGER:B:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D8 1.4000 TRIGGER:B:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D9 1.4000 TRIGGER:B:STATE TRIGGER:B:TIME 8.0000E-9 TRIGGER:B:TYPE EDGE VERBOSE VIDPIC:AUTOCONTRAST VIDPIC:AUTOCONTRAST:UPDATERATE ZOOM:MODE ZOOM:ZOOM1:POSITION 50.0000 ZOOM:ZOOM1:SCALE 4.0000E-6 ZOOM:ZOOM1:STATE C-34 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...

  • Page 979: Appendix D: Waveform Transfer (Wfmoutpre And Curve Query) Examples

    Example 1: Analog Waveform (Channels 1–4) Goal: Transfer 10,000 points of analog channel waveform data from the oscilloscope to a PC. Command Comment :DATa:SOUrce CH1 :DATa:START 1 :DATa:STOP 10000 :WFMOutpre:ENCdg BINARY :WFMOutpre:BYT_Nr 1 :HEADer 1 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 980 CURVE? query. (If you would like to determine only this value, use the WFMOutpre:NR_Pt? query.) Note: this value is typically equal to the full record length, but you also have the option to transfer only a portion of the record length by using the DATa:STARt DATa:STOP commands. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...

  • Page 981: Example 2: Digital Waveform

    WFMOutpre:YZEro? query.) Example 2: Digital Waveform Goal: Transfer 25 points of digital channel waveform data from the oscilloscope to a PC. Command Comment :DATa:SOUrce CH1_D5 :DATa:START 1 :DATa:STOP 25 :WFMOutpre:ENCdg ASCii :WFMOutpre:BYT_Nr 1 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 982 Note: this field is not applicable for ASCii encoding. This quoted string represents information about the source waveform that would be returned WFID "D5, unknown by a. query. It cannot be changed. coupling, 100.0us/div, WFMOutpre:WFId? 10000 points, Digital mode" MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...

  • Page 983: Example 3: Digital With 4 Bytes Per Point And Zoom Off

    WFMOutpre:XZEro? query.) This is a query provided only for compatibility with other Tektronix oscilloscopes. The PT_OFF 0 returned value is always 0. (If you would like to determine only this value, use the WFMOutpre:PT_Off? query.)
  • Page 984 This value specifies the number of bits per data point in the waveform data. To change this BIT_NR 32 value, use the WFMOutpre:BIT_Nr command. Note that changing this value automatically changes the value accordingly. BYT_NR MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 985 – in this case, State. This is query only. (If you would like to determine only this value, use WFMOutpre:YUNit? query.) MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...

  • Page 986: Example 4: Digital With 8 Bytes Per Point And Zoom Off

    -500.0000E-6;PT_OFF 0;YUNIT "State";YMULT 1.0000;YOFF 0.0E+0;YZERO 0.0E+0 Returns the following values. Each value represents a data point: :CURVe? :CURVe 80000FB386,E0000FB386,80000FB3E6,80000FB3E6,80000FB3E6, C8000FB3A6,8C000FB3A6, 8C000FB3A6,84000FB3AE,CC000FB3A6, 8C000FB3E6,8C000FB3E6,84000FB3E6,80000FB3E6,80000FB3E6, 80000FB3E6,80000FB3E6,A0000FB3C6,80000FB3C6,80000FB3C6, 80000FB3C6,88000FB3C6,8C000FB3C6, 8C000FB3C6,84000FB3CE NOTE. The returned hexadecimal data values are formatted without leading zeroes. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 987 This value indicates the time, in seconds, or frequency, in hertz, between data points in the XINCR 100.0000E-9 waveform record. This is query only. (If you would like to determine only this value, use WFMOutpre:XINcr? query.) MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...

  • Page 988: Example 5: Digital With 4 Bytes Per Point And Zoom On

    WFMOutpre:XZEro? query.) This is a query provided only for compatibility with other Tektronix oscilloscopes. The PT_OFF 0 returned value is always 0. (If you would like to determine only this value, use the WFMOutpre:PT_Off? query.)
  • Page 989 This value specifies the byte order for the BINARY encoding, which in this case is MSB BYT_OR MSB (most significant byte first, also known as IBM format). To change this value to LSB, use the WFMOutpre:BYT_Or command. Note: this field is not applicable for ASCii encoding. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer D-11...
  • Page 990 This value indicates the vertical offset of the source waveform in units specified by the YZERO 0.0E+0 command. This is query only. (If you would like to determine only this WFMOUTpre:YUNit value, use the WFMOutpre:YZEro? query.) D-12 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...

  • Page 991: Example 6: Digital With 8 Bytes Per Point And Magnivu On

    Returns the following values. Each value represents a data point: :CURVe? :CURVe 80000FB787,80000FB787,E8000FB787,8C000FB7E7,8C000FB7E7, 84000FB7EF,CC000FB7A7,8C000FB7A7,8C000FB7A7,84000FB7A7, 84000FB7A7,80000FB7A7,80000FB7A7,80000FB7A7,80000FB7A7, 80000FB7A7,80000FB7A7,80000FB7A7,C8000FB7A7,8C000FB7E7, 8C000FB7E7,84000FB7EF,CC000FB7A7,8C000FB7A7,8C000FB7A7 NOTE. The returned hexadecimal data values are formatted without leading zeroes. NOTE. You can also use the query, which concatenates the WAVFrm? WFMOutpre? queries. CURVe? MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer D-13...
  • Page 992 WFMOutpre:XZEro? query.) This is a query provided only for compatibility with other Tektronix oscilloscopes. The PT_OFF 0 returned value is always 0. (If you would like to determine only this value, use the WFMOutpre:PT_Off? query.)

  • Page 993: Example 7: Rf Frequency Domain Waveform

    PC or other device may be one of the four RF frequency domain traces or the Spectrum Math waveform. Command Comment :DATa:SOUrce RF_NORMal :DATa:STARt 495 :DATa:STOP 505 :WFMOutpre:ENCdg ASCii :WFMOutpre:BYT_Nr 4 :HEADer 1 :VERBose 1 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer D-15...
  • Page 994 This value indicates the format of the data points in the waveform record. In this case, the value represents YF (Amplitude vs. Frequency) format. This is query only. (If you would like to determine only this value, use the WFMOutpre:PT_Fmt? query. PT_ORDER LINEAR . This value is always LINear D-16 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 995 This is query only. (If you would like to determine only this value, use the WFMOutpre:XZEro? query.) PT_OFF 0 This is a query provided only for compatibility with other Tektronix oscilloscopes. The returned value is always 0. (If you would like to determine only this value, use the WFMOutpre:PT_Off? query.) YUNIT "W"...
  • Page 996 Appendix D: Waveform Transfer (WFMOutpre and CURVe Query) Examples D-18 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...

  • Page 997: Appendix E: Search And Trigger Command Sequence Examples

    Specifies the falling edge as the direction. :SEARCH:SEARCH1:STATE 1 Turns the search on. :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TOTal? Returns 4, indicating that CH2 fell below the 1.4 volt threshold 4 times. :SEARCH:SEARCH1:LIST? Returns a list of the 4 marks: CH2,11.2411,11.2411,11.2411,-1.5504E-3, 0.0E+0,0.0E+0,0.0E+0;CH2,37.0737,37.0737,37.0737, -517.0517E-6,0.0E+0,0.0E+0,0.0E+0;CH2,62.9163,62.9163,62.9163, 516.6517E-6,0.0E+0,0.0E+0, 0.0E+0;CH2,88.7489,88.7489,88.7489, 1.5500E-3,0.0E+0,0.0E+0,0.0E+0 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...

  • Page 998: Example 2: Single Threshold Edge Trigger

    Specifies to search for when the runt polarity is negative. :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:RUNT:WIDth 600E-6 Specifies a pulse width of 600E-6 seconds. :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:RUNT:WHEn LESSthan Specifies to search for when the pulse width is less than 600E-6 seconds. :SEARCH:SEARCH1:STATE 1 Turns the search on. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...

  • Page 999: Example 4: Single Threshold Logic Search On Three Waveforms

    Specifies to use 1.3 volts as the threshold for CH3. :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:WHEn TRUE Specifies the condition for generating a logic pattern search; in this case, true. :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:FUNCtion OR Specifies the logic operator for the logic search; in this case, :SEARCH:SEARCH1:STATE 1 Turns the search on. MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 1000 3 or 4 search marks for this example. If you get 3 search marks, try adjusting the horizontal position until you see 4 search marks. :SEARCH:SEARCH1:LIST? Returns a list of 3 marks on 3 waveforms: CH1,24.1600,24.1600,24.1600,1.0336E3,0.0E+0,0.0E+0, 0.0E+0;CH2,24.1600,24.1600,24.1600,1.0336E3,0.0E+0, 0.0E+0,0.0E+0;CH3,24.1600,24.1600,24.1600,1.0336E3, 0.0E+0,0.0E+0,0.0E+0;CH1,50.0000,50.0000,50.0000,0.0E+0, 0.0E+0,0.0E+0,0.0E+0;CH2,50.0000,50.0000,50.0000, 0.0E+0,0.0E+0,0.0E+0,0.0E+0;CH3,50.0000,50.0000,50.0000,0.0E+0, 0.0E+0,0.0E+0,0.0E+0;CH1,75.8300,75.8300,75.8300, 1.0332E3,0.0E+0,0.0E+0,0.0E+0;CH2,75.8300,75.8300,75.8300,1.0332E3, 0.0E+0,0.0E+0,0.0E+0;CH3,75.8300,75.8300,75.8300,1.0332E-3 ,0.0E+0,0.0E+0,0.0E+0 MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer...
  • Page 1001 When a controller acknowledges the SRQ, it serial polls each device on the bus to determine which device on the bus requested service. Any device requesting service returns a status byte indicating it needs to be serviced and then MSO54, MSO56, MSO58, MSO58LP Programmer Glossary-1...

This manual is also suitable for:

Mso54Mso58Mso58lp

Table of Contents